Through Prairie and Forest. _l Trico 2s. each, Tboards j clotli gilt, 23. Gd. ) gilt tdtgQS, 33.6it M'ith full-page and other Illustrations. TuE Botg' Illustrated LiBHAur OF HEROES, PATRIOTS, AND PIONEERS. The Story of their Daring Adventures and Heroic Deeds. Tlie nioprnphics of Illustrious Men wliocc courtipe. skill, and enterprise, liavelieon tliC founJation of Groat i^tatcs, and whose wisdom and j)atiioti.sm li.ive consolidated and St renijtliened national power, must he interesting to ynuinr niindrt which deh^ht in REcuiiDa of auvi::ntuub and buaveby, and Grtat L). cds in Camp and Council. Ill tliis series liio^raphies arc narrated, exliibitinpthe force of character of the men and the reiuarkahlo alvciiiures they encountered; and these records can scarcely be perused without excitiiitf a ti-eliii'^ of ail mi ration for the Heroes, and of woudcr at tlie ma -nitude of their ucliievemeuts. 1. CoLUMDUs, tlio Discoverer of tlie New World. 2. Franklin, the Printer Boy, Statesman, finil Philosopher. 3. WASiiiNCiTON, Hero jiud Patriot. 4. The Pcuitan Captain ; or, the Story of Miles Stanclish. 5. BooNB, THE Backwoodsman, the Pioneer of Kentucky. G. The TEnuon op the Indians ; or, Life in the Backwoods. 7. The IIeho of the Prairies ; or, the Story of Kit Carson. 8. The Spanish Cavalier; or, De Sotto, the Discoverer. 0. TiiRorfiii Prairie and Forest; or, De Sallo, the Path- finder. 10. The Sh.vwnee Prophet; or, the Story of Tccnmseh. 11. The BiTCCANEEa Chiefs ; or. Captain Kidd, and the Pirates of America. London : Wahd, Lock, & Co., Warwick IIocse, Dorset BuiLDiNas, Salisruut S«^uake, E.G. ' ■■J T'^ I I. 'W; in ROUGH PRAIRII-: AND FORI-:S'I'; OR. rill ADVENTURES OF DE LA SALLE, I'.V i()iiN s. (". Aivr.orr i£ n tJ 1! : ^V.\RI). iJ)CK, .K: CO., WARWICK Ho IS D()K>i.r 1;lii.i>in(;s, Sai.isiu r\ h"(jr\Ki, \\X'. G sni- olA- 469912 • * I » • < • > * « There arc few of the Pioneers of America whose achievements equal those of the ChevaHcr Robert de la Salle. He passed over thousands of lollies of lakes and rivers in the birch canoe. He traversed countless leagues of prairie and forest, on foot, guided by the moccasined Indian, threadinj^ trails which the white man's foot had never trod, and penetrating the villages and the wigwams of savages, where the white man's face had never been seen. Fear was an emotion La Salle never experienced. Ilis adventures were more wild and wondrous than almost any recorded in the tales of chivalry. As time is rapidly obliterating from our land the foot- prints of the savage, it is important that these records of his strange existence should be per- petuated. t> PREFACE. Fortunately wc have full and accurate accounts of these explorations, in the journals of Messrs Llanjuette, Hennepin, and Joliet. We have still more minute narratives, in Etahlisscvicnt de la Foix, par le P. Chretien Le Clercq, Paris 1691 ; Dcrnicrcs DJcoHvcrtcs, par le Chevalier de Tonti, Paris 1697. yournal Ilisioriquc^ par M. Joutcl, Paris 171 3. For the incidents in the last fatal expedition, to establish a colony at the mouth of the Mississippi, and the wonderful land tour of more than two thousand miles from the sea-coast of Texas to Que- bec, through the territories of hundreds of tribes, wc have the narratives of Father Christian Le Clercq, the narrative of Father Anastasias Douay, and the minute and admirably written almost daily journal of Monsieur Joutel, in his Dernier Voyage. Both Douay and Joutel accompanied this expedition from its commencement to its close. In these adventures the reader will find a more vivid description of the condition of this continent, and the character of its inhabitants two hundred A-ears ago, than can be found anywhere else. Sir Walter Scott once remarked, that no one could take more pleasure in reading his romances, than he had PREFACE. 7 taken in writing them. In this vokimc we have the romance of truth. If the writer can judge of the pleasure of the reader, from the intense interest he has experienced in following these adventurers through their perilous achievements, this narrative will prove to be one of extraordinary interest. John. S. C. Abbott. PAGE Marquette Teaching the Indians (Frontispiece) Cataract on an American River .... 41 Falls of Niagara 9r Indian Ferocity — An Escape Hindered by Squaws 95 Castellated Rock in the Valley of the Mississippi 162: Deer in an American Forest 209 American Alligator 250 Terils of Buffalo Hunting 32S A Riverside Rest 365 OUKBEC 382: >74V. CHAPTER I. The EnterJ)rise of yamcs Marquette, I PAGB The Discovery of America. — Explorations of the French in r Canada. — Ancestry of James Marquette. — His noble Charac- ter. — Mission to Canada. — Adventures with the Indians. — Wild Character of the Region and the Tribes. — Voyage to Lake Superior with the Nez-Perces. — Mission at Green Bay. — Search for the Mississippi. — The Outtit. — The Voyage through Green Bay. — Fox Kivcr and the Illinois.; — Enters ' the Mississippi. — Scenes Sublime and Beautiful. — Adven- tures in an Indian Village 15 CHAPTER II. The First Exploration of the Mississippi River, River Scenery. — The Missouri. — Its Distant Banks. — The Mos- quito Pest. — Meeting the Indians. — Influence of the Calumet. — The Arkansas River. — A Friendly Greeting. — Scenes in the Village. — Civilization of the Southern Tribes. — Domestic Habits. — Fear of the Spaniards. — The Return Voyage. 4"I CHAPTER HI. Marquette's Last Voyage, and Death, The Departure from Green Bay. — Navigating the Lak« in a Canoe, — Storms of rain and snow. — Night Encampments.— lO CONTENTS. PAC« Ascending the Chicago River. — A Winter with the Savages. — Journey to the Kankakee. — The Great Council on the Prairie. — Interesting Incidents. — The Escort of Savages. — The Death Scene. — Sublime Funeral Solemnities. , . 6l CHAPTER IV. Life 2ipon the St. Lawrence and the Lakes Two Hundred Years Ago. Birth of La Salle. — His Parentage and Education. — Emigrates to America. — Enterprising Spirit. — Grandeur of his Concep- tions. — Visits the Court of France. — Preparations for an Exploring Voyage. — Adventures of the River and Lake. — Awful Scene of Indian Torture. — Tiaffic with the Indians. — The Ship-yard at Lake Erie 8l CHAPTER V. The Voyage Along the Lakes. The Embarcation. — Equipment of the Griffin. — Voyage through the Lakes and Straits. — The Storm. — Superstition of the Voyagers. — Arrival at Mackinac. — Scenery there. — Friend- ship of the Indians. — Sail on Lakes Huron and Michigan. — Arrival at Green Bay. — The well-freighted Griffin sent back. 104 CHAPTER VI. T7tc Expedition of Father Hennepin. Seeking a Northwest Passage. — The Voyage Commenced. — The Alarm. — Delightful Scenery. — Tiie Indian Village. — Entrance to the Mississippi. — Appearance of the Country. — Tlie Midnight Storm. — Silence and Solitude. — A Fleet of Canoes. — Captured by th« Savages. — Merciful Captivity. — Alaraiing Debate. — Condition of the Captives, . . . 128 CONTEXTS. II CHAPTER VII. Life wiJi the Savages. FAGS Ascending the River \viili tlie Savages. — Religious Worship. — Abundance of Game. — Hardihood of the Savages. — The War-Whoop. — Savage Rcvchy. — The Falls of St. Anthony. — Wild Country Beyond. — Sufferings of the Captives. — Capricious Treatment. — Triumphal Entrance. — The Adop- tion. — Habits of the Savages 145 CHAPTER VHI. Escape from the Savages. Treaching to the Indians. — Studying the Language. — The Coun- cil. — Speech of Ou-si-cou-de. — The Baptism. — The Night Encampment. — Picturesque Scene. — E.xcursion on the vSt. Francis. — Wonderful River Voyage. — Incidents by the Way. — Characteristics of the Indians. — Great Peril. — Strange En- counter with the Indian Chief. — Hardships of the Voyage. — Vicissitudes of the Hunter's Life. — Anecdote. — The Return Voyage. 163 CHAPTER IX. The Abandonment of Fort Crevecocur. Pcparture of La Salle. — Fathers Membre and Gabriel. — Their Missionary Labors. — Character of the Savages. — The Iroquois on the War Path. — Peril of the Garrison. — Heroism of Tonti and Membre. — Infamous Conduct of the Voung Savages. — Flight of the Illinois. — Fort Abandoned. — Death of Father Gabriel. — Sufferings of the Journey to Mackinac. . . 188 .CJIAPTER X. La Sa/f/s > Second Exploring Tour Disasters. r-Kncrgy of La S^lh .— ^-The Embarcation. — (Ni^vij^ating iJi" Lakes. — Sunshine and-Stcnii, Beauty and Desolu{ion. — 12 CONTENTS. PAGB Ruins at Crevccocur. — Steps Retraced. — Christian Character of La Salle. — Arrival at Mackinac. — The Enterprise Re- newed. — Travelling on the Ice. — Descent of the Illinois River. — Entering the Mississippi. — Voyage of the Canoes. — Adventures with the Indians 2io CHAPTER XI. 21ic Great Enterprise Accomplished, Scenes in the Arkansas Villages. — Indian Hospitality. — Bar- barian Splendor. — Attractive Scenery. — The Alarm. — Its Joyful Issue. — Genial Character of La Salle. — Erecting the Cross. — Pleasant Visit to the Koroas. — The Two Channels. — Perilous Attack. — Humanity of La .Salle. — The Sea Reached. — Ceremonies of Annexation. .... 232 CHAPTER XH. The Retur7i Voyage. The Numerous Alligators. — Destitution of Provisions. — Encoun- tering Hostile Indians. — A Naval Battle. — Visit to the Vil- lage. — Treachery of the Sav.ages. — The Attack. — Humane Conduct of La Salle. — Visit to the Friendly Taensas. — Severe Sickness of La Salle. — His Long Detention .at Prud- homme. — The Sick Man's Can.p. — Lieutenant Tonti sent Forward. — Recovery of La Salle. — His Arrival at Fort Miami. 249 CHAPTER XIH. Sea Voyage to the Gulf of Mexico. \ / La Salle returns to Quebec. — SaiU for France. — Aisailed by Cal- umny. — The Naral Expedition. — It,s Object. — Its Equip- ment. — Disagrv;en\ent oetjveen \.J^ Sarlle an,d Be.'vajen. — The Voyage to rhe West Indies. — Adventures m. the Ca^;ibb£an Sea.-^They. Enter the Gulf. — il^t^rms and Calms. — Th*. Voyagpis' Lost. , , . 268 CONTENTS. 1 3 J» CHAPTER XIV. Lost in the Wildcniess, TAca Treachery of Beaujeu. — Accumulating Troubles. — Anxieties of La Salle. — March on the Land. — The Encampment. — Wreck of the Aimable. — Mi.sadvcnture \vith the Indians. — Com- mencement of Hostilities. — Desertion of Beaujeu with the joli. — The Encampment. — The Indians Solicit Friendship. The Cruel Repulse. — Sickness and Sorrow. — Exploring Expeditions. — The Mississippi sought for in vain. . . 290 CHAPTER XV. A Trip toward Mexico, Anangements for the Journey. — The Departure. — Indians on Horseback. — Scenes of Enchantment. — Attractive Character of La Salle. — Visit to the Kironas. — The Bite of the Snake. — Adventures Wild and Perilous. — Hardihood of the Indian Hunter. — The Long Sickness. — A Man Devoured by a Crocodile.— The Return 311 CHAPTER XVI. The Last Days of La Salle. Plan for the New Journey. — Magnitude of the Enterprise. — Affecting Leave-taking. — The Journey Commenced. — Adven- tures by the Way. — Friendly Character of the Indians. — Vast Realms of Fertility and Beauty. — The Joys and the Sorrows of such a Pilgrimage. — The Assassination of La Salle and of three of his Companions 326 CHAPTER XVH. The Penalty of Crime, Nature's Storms.— The Gloom of the Soul. — Approach to the Cenis Village. — Cordial Welcome. — Barbaric Ceremonials. 14 CONTENTS. PACK — Social Habits of the Indians. — Meeting with the French Deserters. — Traffic with the Indians. — Quarrel between Iliens and Duhaut. — The Assassins Assassinated. — De- parture of the War Party. — Fiend-like Triumph. — The March Resumed , 346 CHAPTER XVIII. The Close of the Drama. {^udicrous Scene. — Death of M. Marie. — Sympathy of the Savages. — Barbaric Ceremonies. — The Mississippi Reached, — Joyful Interview. — Ascending the River. — Incidents by the Way. — The Beautiful Illinois. — Weary Detention. — The Voyage to Mackinac. — Thence to Quebec. — Departure for France. — Fate of the Colony. . , ... .366 Through Prairie and Forest. CHAPTER I. The Enterprise of James ]\Iarquette. The Discovery of America. — Explorations of tlie French in Canada. — Ancestry of James Marquette. — His noble character. — Missioi-s to Canada. — Adventures with the Indians. — Wild Character of the Region and the Tribes. — Voyage to Lake Superior with the Nez-Perces. — Mission at Green Bay. — Search for the Mississippi. — The Outfit. — The Voyage through Green Bay. — Fox River antl the Illinois. — Enters the Mississippi. — Scenes Sublime and Beau- tiful. — Adventures in an Indian Village. Nearly three hundred and forty years ago, in April 1 541, De Soto, in his adventurous march, dis- covered the naajestic Mississippi, not far from the border of the State of Tennessee. No white man's eye had ever before beheld that flood whose banks are now inhabited by busy millions. The Indians in- formed him that all the region below consisted of dismal, endless, uninhabitable swamps. De Soto, l6 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. world-weary and woe-stricken, died upon the banks of the river. In its fathomless depths his body found burial. These cruel adventurers, insanely impelled in search of mines of gold, founded no settlements, and Jcft behind them no traces of their passage, save that by their cruelties they had excited the implacable ire of the Indian against the white man. A hundred years of earth's many griefs lingered slowly away, while these vast solitudes were peopled only by wandering savage tribes Avhose record must forever remain unknown. In the year 1641, some French envoys, from Canada, seeking to open friendly trade with the Indians for the purchase of furs, penetrated the northwest of the country as far as the Falls of St. Mary, near the outlet of Lake Superior. The most friendly relations existed between these Frenchmen and the Indians, wherever the tribes were encoun- tered. This visit led to no settlement. The adven- turous traders purchased many furs, with which they loaded their birch canoes : estabhshed friendly rela- tions with these distant Indians, and greatly extended the region from which furs were brought to their trading posts in Canada. Eighteen more years passed away, over the silent and gloomy wilderness, when in 1659, a little band ENTERPRISE OF JAMES MARQUETTE. 17 of these bold and h irdy explorers, in their frail Ganocs, .^'ith Indian guides, paddled along the lonely, • forcst-fnngcd ir^horcs of Lake Ontario, ascended the Kiacrara River to the Falls, carried their canoes on their shoulders around the rapids, launched them aLiaia on Lake Erie, traversed that inland sea over two hundred and fifty miles, entered the magnificent Strait, passed through it to Lake St. Clair, crossed that lake, ascended the St. Clair River to Lake Huron, and traversing its whole length, a distance of three •hundred miles, reached the Falls of St. Mary. Here, at the distance of more than a thousand miles from the least vestiges of civilization, and sur- •rounded by numerous and powerful bands of savages, these hardy men passed an inclement winter. Amidst rocks and gloomy pines they reared their hut. Game was abundant, fuel was at their door, the Indians were hospitable, and they wanted for nothing. One event only darkened these wintry months. The •leader of the band became lost in the woods and perished. In the spring the men returned rejoicingly to Canada, with their canoes laden with the richest furs. •They also brought such reports of the docility and •Amiability of the Indians, as to inspire the Christians in Canada with the intense desire to establish mis- •sionary stations among them. Five years passed l8 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. away, when Father Claude Alloucz, with a small band of Christian heroes, penetrated these wilds to proclaim the glad tidings of the Gospel. Two years after, he was followed by Father James Marquette, a noble man, whose name will never die. As the explorations of Marquette opened the way for the still more wonderful excursions of La Salle, I must here introduce a brief account of his adventures. There is something in blood. The Marquette family had been illustrious in France from time immemorial. Generation after generation, many of its members had obtained renown, not only for chivalric courage, but for every virtue which can adorn humanity. Their ancestral home was a massive feudal castle | on an eminence near the stately city of Leon. The ^ armorial bearing of the family commemorates deeds f of heroic enterprise five hundred years ago. They ' were generally earnest Christians. James Marquette was born at the ancient seat of | the family in the year 1637. His mother was a | woman of fervent piety and of unusual strength and culture of mind. Her brother, John Baptiste de la Salle, was the founder of a system of Christian schools for the gratuitous education of the poor. Thousands were thus instructed long before the present system of public schools was introduced. It was to the in- structions of his noble mother that James Marquette ENTERPRISE OF JAMES MARQUETTE. I9 was indebted for his elevated Christian character, and for his self-sacrificing devotion to the interests of humanity, which have given his name celebrity through a large portion of the Christian world. At the age of seventeen this noble young man, resisting all the brilliant allurements the world opened to one of his wealth and rank, consecrated himself to the service of religion by entering the ministry in the Catholic Church, in which he was born and educated, and by whose influences he was exclusively sur- rounded. Two years were devoted to intense study. Then, for twelve years, he was employed in teaching and in many laborious and self-denying duties. As was natural, with a young man of his ardent nature and glowing spirit of enterprise, he was very desirous of conveying the glad tidings of the Gospel to those distant nations who had never even heard of the name of Jesus. Canada and its savage tribes were then attracting much attention in France. Wonderful stories wore , told of the St. Lawrence River, and of the series of majestic lakes, spreading far away into the unknown ' interior, and whose shores were crowded with In- I dian tribes of strange aspect, language, and customs. In the year 1666, Marquette set sail from France. On the 20th of September, he landed, on the banks B 30 THE ADVEXVURES OF LA SALLE. of the St. Lawrence, at a little hamlet of French log- cabins and Indian wigwams, called Quebec. He was then but twenty-nine years of age. There was, at that time, another missionary, M. Allouer, on an exploring tour far away upon the majestic lakes of the interior. With adventurous footsteps he was traver- sing prairie solitudes and forest glooms, upon which no eye of civilized man had ever yet looked. His birch canoe, paddled by Indian guides, glided over solitary waters hundreds of leagues beyond the remotest frontier stations. There was quite an important trading-post at the mouth of Sagucnay River. This was a remarkable stream, which entered the St. Lawrence about one one hundred and twenty miles below Quebec. It came rushing down, from unknown regions of the north, with very rapid flood, entering the St. Law- rence at a point where that majestic river was eleven miles in width. Here the French government had established one of the most important commercial and religious stations of that day. At certain seasons of the year it presented an extraordinary wild and picturesque aspect of busy life. There were countless Indian tribes, clustered in villages along the banks of the St. Lawrence, the Sagucnay, and their tributary streams. In the early summer, the Indians came by ENTERPRISE OF JAMES MARQUETTE. 21 lundrecls, in fleets of canoes — men, women and chil- [icn to this great mart of traffic. They came in their gayest attire, reared their wigwams on the >lain, kindled their fires, and engaged in all the bar- )aric sports of Indian gala days. The scene prc- fcnted was so full of life and beauty, that the most skilful artist might despair of his ability to transfer it to the canvas. Father Marquette took his station at this point. Here foi twelve years he patiently labored, tr}ing to teach the Indians the way of salvation through faith in Jesus Christ. Full of enthusiasm, and naturally Endowed with a very enterprising spirit, his heart glowed with zeal as he listened to the narrative of Father Allouez, of populous tribes, far away on the ftiajestic shores of Huron, Michigan, Superior. I'hcse tribes had never heard of the mission of the Son of God, to save a lost world. They had but *ery faint conceptions of the Heavenly Father. lHarquette could not resist the impulse to carry the gospel to these realms of darkness. I It is difficult for us now to form any adequate con- |eption of the little hamlet, at the mouth of the Sa- [uenay, where Marquette commenced his missionary mbors. The log-cabins of the French, their sto'-e- [ouse, and, most prominent of all, the cross-sur- lounted log chapel, were clustered together. At a 22 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. little distance, on the plain, were hundreds of Indian wigwams. Bark canoes, light as bubbles, were seen gliding over the still waters, which were there ex- panded into a beautiful bay. The glooms of the gigantic forest, spreading back to unexplored and un- imagined depth, added to the sublimity of the scene. There seemed to be no apprehension of hostility on either side. The intercourse between the two parties of civilized and uncivilized men was truly fraternal. The French conformed, as far as possible, to the modes of life of the Indians. They shared in their games, married the daughters of their chiefs, and in ail points endeavored to identify the interests of the natives with their own. M. Marquette had a remarkable facility in the ac- quisition of languages. There was a general resem- blance in the language of all the tribes on the St. Lawrence. He could very soon speak fluently with all. Taking Indian guides with him, he commenced tours in various directions, paddled by Indians in the birch bark canoe. He visited tribe after tribe, met the chiefs at their council fires, slept in the wigwams, administered medicines to the sick, and, with zeal which no discouragement could chill, endeavored to point the living and the dying to that Saviour who taketh away the sins of the world. After spending two years in these labors, he ob' ENTERPRISE OF JAMES MARQUETTE. 23 talncd an appointment to connect himself with a mission established nearly a thousand miles west, far away upon the shores of Lake Superior. On the 2ist of April, 1668, he left Quebec for IMontrcal. The distance was one hundred and eighty miles up the river. The voyage was made in a birch canoe, with three boatmen to aid him in paddling it against the stream. They could proceed about thirty miles a day. The voyage occupied about a week. There were Indian villages on the banks where they occa- sionally slept. At other times they encamped in the forest, the night wind lulling them to sleep, as it siirhed throucfh the leafless branches, which the returning sun of spring had scarcely yet caused to bud. At Montreal there was a little cluster of cabins and wigwams, presenting a very different aspect from the stately city which now adorns that site. After a short tarry there, waiting for a suitable guide, to ' traverse more than a thousand miles of almost path- less wilderness, a party of Nez-Perc6 Indians, from Lake Superior, came down the river in their canoes. With them INIarquette embarked. It was a wonder- ful voyage which this gentleman, from the refinement and culture of France, made alone with these savaires. They paddled up the Ottawa River a distance of nearly four hundred miles. Thence through a series 24 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. of narrow streams and minor lakes, they entered Lake Nipissing. Descending the rapid flood of French River, througli cliccrlcss solitudes eight}' miles in i^xtent, the)' entered Georgian l^ay. Crossing thi-; vast sheet of water over an expanse of fifty miles, they saw the apparently boundless waves of Lake Huron opening before them. The northern shores of this inland sea they skirted, until they reached the river St. Mary, which connects Lake Superior with Lake Huron. Here two missionary stations were established. One was near the entrance of the river into Lake Huron, about forty miles below the celebrated Falls of St. Mary. The other was at Green Bay, an im- mense lake in itself, jutting out from the northwest- ern extremity of Lake Michigan. Father iMarquette reared his log-cabin in the vicinity of a small Indian village, on the main land, just south of the island of Mackinaw. He named the station St. Ignatius. In this vast solitude this heroic man commenced his labors of love. There were about two thousand souls in the tribes immediately around him. With great docility they listened to his teachings, and were eager to be baptized as Christians. But the judicious father was in no haste thus to secure merely their nominal conversion. The dying, upon professions of peni- tence, he was ever ready to baptize, and to adminis- EXTERPraSE OF JAMES MARQUETTE. 2$ •er to them the sacrament of the Lord's Supper. ^Vith the rest he labored to root out all the remnants )f their degrading superstitions, and to give them :()rrect ideas of salvation through repentance, amend- 'nicnt, and trust in an atoning Saviour. Gradually ]\Iarquettc gathered around him a lit- tle band of loving disciples. For three years he labored with them cheerfully, joyously. His gentle and devoted spirit won, not merely the friendship of the Indians, but their ardent affections. He was just as safe among them as the most beloved father surrounded by his children. Three years this good man remained in these lonely wilds, peacefully and ; uccessfully teaching these benighted children of the forest. During all this time his mind had been much exercised with the thought of exploring the limitless and unknown regions south and west. He had heard rumors of the Mississippi, the Father of Waters ; and his devout mind peopled the vast realms through which it flowed with the lost children of God, whom he perhaps might reclaim, through the Gospel of Jesus, who had come from heaven for their redemption. The Governor of Canada was desirous, for more worldly reasons, of xploring these regions, where future empires might ': 2 reared. Even the Indians knew but little respecting this 26 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. great and distant river. There was much uncer- tainty whether it ran south, into the Gulf of Mexico, or west,* emptying into the Gulf of California, which Spanish explorers had called the Red Sea, in consc- quence of its resemblance to that Asiatic sheet of water, or whether it turned easterly, entering the Atlantic Ocean somewhere near the Virginia coast. In the spring of the year 1673, Governor Frontenac sent a French gentleman, M. Joliet, from Quebec, with five boatmen, to Point St. Ignatius, to take Father Marquette on board and set out to find and explore the downward course of this much talked of river. M. Joliet was admirably qualified for this responsible enterprise. He was a man of deep religious convictions, had spent several years among the Indians, was a very courteous man in all his intercourse with them, was thoroughly acquainted with their customs, and spoke several of their lan- guages. As to courage, it was said that he absolutely feared nothing. The good father writes, in refer- ence to his own appointment to this expedition : " I was the more enraptured at this good news, as I saw my designs on the point of being accom- plished, and myself in the happy necessity of expos- ing my life for the salvation of all these nations. Our joy at being chosen for this enterprise, sweet- ened the labor of paddling from morning till night. ENTERrRISE OF JAMES MARQUETTE. Jis we were going to seek unknown countries, we took all possible precautions, that if our enterprise vcre hazardous, it should not be foolhardy. For this reason we gathered all possible information from the Indians, who had frequented those parts. We even traced a map of all the new country, marking down the rivers on which we were to sail, the names of the nations through which we were to pass, and the course of the great river." On the 13th of May, 1673, this little band, consist- *^ing of M. Joliet, Father Marquette, and five boatmen, j in two birch canoes, commenced their adventurous 'Voyage. They took \vith them some Indian corn and jerked meat ; but they were to live mainly upon ;uch food as they could obtain by the way. The immense sheet of water, at the northwestern ex- tremity of Lake Michigan, called Green Bay, is one iundred miles long by twenty or thirty broad. The )oatmen paddled their frail canoes along the wxstern )orcler of this lake until they reached its southern extremity, where they found a shallow river, flowing into it from the south, which they called Fox River. They could propel their canoes about thirty miles a /ay. Each night they selected some propitious spot for their encampment. Upon some dry and grassy mound they could speedily, with their axes, construct a hut which would protect them from the weather. ^ 1 28 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. Carefully smoothing down the floor, they spread over it their ample couch of furs. Fish could be taken in abundance. The forest was filled with game, An immense fire, blazing before the open side of tlir hut, gave warmth, and illumined the sublime scene with almost the brilliance of noon-day. There they joyously cooked their suppers, with appetites which rendered the feast more luxurious to them probably than any gourmand at a city banquet ever enjoyed. Each night Father Marquette held a religious service, which all reverently attended. Prayers were offered, and their hymns of Christian devotion floated sweetly through those sublime solitudes. . The boatmen were men of a gentle race, who had been taught from infancy to revere the exercises of the church. They came upon several Indian villages. But the natives were as friendly as brothers. Many of them had visited the station at St. Ignatius, and all of them had heard of Father Marquette and his labors of love. These children of the forest begged their revered friend to desist from his enterprise. * There are," they said, '' on the great river, bad Indians who will cut off your heads without any cause. There are fierce warriors who will try to seize you and make you slaves. There are enormous birds there, whose wings darken the air, and v/lio I ENTERPRISE OF JAMES MARQUETTE. 29 'i can swallow you all, with your canoes, at a mouthful. And worst of all, there is a malignant demon there who, if you escape all other dangers, will cause the waters to boil and whirl around you and devour you." To all this, the good Marquette replied, '' I thank you, dear friends, for your kind advice, but I cannot follow it. There are souls there, to save whom, the Son of God came to earth and died. Xlioir salvation is at stake. I would joyfully lay down my life if I could guide them to the Saviour." They found the navigation of Fox River impeded with many rapids. To surmount these it was neces- sary often to alight from their canoes, and, wading qvcr the rough and sharp stones, to drag them up against the swift current. They were within the limits ^^ the present State of Wisconsin, and found themselves in a region of lakes, sluggish streams, and inarshes. But there were Indian trails, which had been trodden for uncounted generations, leading litest. These they followed, often painfully carrying tficir canoes and their burdens on their shoulders, for many miles, from water to water, over what the Indians called the Carrying Places. At length they entered a region of remarkable xuriance, fertility, and beauty. There were crys- 1 streams and charming lakes. Magnificent forests 30 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. were interspersed with broad and green prairies. God seemed to have formed, in these remote realms, an Eden of surpassing loveh'ness for the abode of his children. Three tribes, in perfect harmony, occu- pied the region — the Miamis, Mascoutins, and Kick- apoos. There was a large village with abundant corn-fields around. River and lake, forest and prai- rie were alike alive with c^ame. To their surprise they found that the French mis- sionary. Father Allouez, had reached this distant spot, preaching the Gospel, eight years before. The Indians had received him with fraternal kindness. He had left in the centre of the village a cross, the emblem of the crucified Son of God. " I found," Marquette writes, ** that these good people had hung skins and belts and bows and arrows on the cross, an offering to the Great Spirit, to thank him because he had taken pity on them during the winter and had given them an abundant chase." No white man had ever penetrated beyond this region. These simple, inoffensive people seemed greatly surprised that seven unarmed men should venture to press on to meet the unknown dangers of the wilderness beyond — wilds which their imagina- tions had peopled with all conceivable terrors. On the loth of June these heroic men resumed their journey. The kind Indians furnished them ENTERPRISE OF JAMES MARQUETTE. 3I with two guides to lead them through the intricacies of the forest to a river, about ten miles distant, which they called Wisconsin, and which they said flowed westward into the Father of Waters. They soon reached this stream. The Indians helped them to carry their canoes and effects across the portage. "We were then left," writes Marquette, "alone in that unknown country, in the hand of God." Our voyagers found the stream hard to navigate. It was full of sand-bars and shallows. There were many islands covered with the richest verdure. At times they came upon landscapes of enchanting beauty, with lawns and parks and lakes, as if arranged by the most careful hands of art. After descending this stream about one hundred and twenty miles, they reached the mouth of the Wisconsin River, and saw the flood of the Mississippi rolling majestically before them. It was the 17th of June 1673, Father Marquette writes that, upon beholding the river, he experienced a joy which he could not express. Easily they could be swept down by the rapid current into the sublime unexplored solitudes below. But to paddle back against the swift-rolling tide would try the muscles of the hardiest men. Still the voyagers pressed on. It was indeed a fairy scene which now opened before them. Here bold bluffs, y^ THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. hundreds of feet high, jutted into the river. Here were crags of stupendous size and of every variety of fornm, often reminding one of Europe's most pic- turesque stream, where " The castled crags of Drachenfels, Frown o'er the wide and winding Rhine." Again the prairie would spread out its ocean-Hke ex- panse, embellished with groves, garlanded with flow- ers of gorgeous colors waving in the summer breeze, checkered with sunshine and the shade of passing clouds, with roving herds of the stately buffalo and the graceful antelope. And again the gloomy forest would appear, extending over countless leagues, where bears, wolves, and panthers found a congenial home. Having descended the river nearly two hundred mile they came to an Indian trail, leading back into the Country. It was so well trodden as to give evi- dence that a powerful tribe was near. It speaks well for the Indians — for the reputation which they then enjoyed — that Marquette, with his French compan- ion, M. Joliet, far away in the wilderness, seven hun- dred miles from any spot which a white man's foot had ever before trod, should not have hesitated alone to enter this trail in search of the habitations of this unknown tribe. They left all their companions, with the canoes, on the bank of the river. ENTERPRISE OF JAMES MARQUETTE. 33 "We cautioned them," writes Father Marquette, ,trictly to beware of a surprise. Then M. JoHet d I undertook this rather hazardous discovery, for ,vo single men, who thus put themselves at the dis- etion of an unknown and barbarous people." These two bold adventurers followed the trail in silence for about six miles. They then saw, not far from them, upon a meadow on the banks of a small stream, a very picturesque group of wigwams, with all the accompaniments of loafing warriors, busy women, sporting children, and wolfish dogs, usually be found in an Indian village. At the distance of out a mile and a half, upon a gentle eminence, I'tiierc was another village of about equal size. As the Indians had not yet caught sight of them, . ^ey fell upon their knees, and Father Marquette, in f- firvent prayer, commended themselves to God. They ^ then gave a loud shout, to attract the attention of ' tlie Indians, and stepped out into open view. The llhole community was instantly thrown into commo- I (|on, rushing from the wigwams, and gathering in i a|)parently an anxious group. • After a brief conference they seemed to come to e conclusion that two unarmed men could not thus proach them, announcing their coming, with any stile intent. Four of their aged men were deputed go forward and greet the strangers. They ad- 34 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. vanccd with much dignity, not uttering a word, bat waving, in their hands, the pipes of peace. As it afterwards appeared, they had often heard of the arrival of the French in Canada, of the wonderful articles which they brought for traffic, and of the mb sionaries, with their long black gowns. The name of Blackgowns was the one with which, in all the tribes, they designated these preachers of the Gospel. When they had come within a few paces of the strangers they regarded them attentively and waited to be addressed. Both M. Joliet and Father Marquette understood that these ceremonies indicated friend ship. FatherMarqucttc broke the silence by inquiring; ** To what nation do you belong? " ** \Vc arc Illinois," one of them replied, ** and in ^~* - yf peace we have brought you our pipes to n'.<^^-j. We invite you to our village, where all are awaiting you with impatience." The Frenchmen and the four Indians walked together to the village. At the door of one of tlief largest wigwams, one of the ancients stood to receive| them. According to their custom, on such occa-l sions, he was entirely unclothed. This probably wasi the savage mode of indicating that there were no con- cealed weapons about the person. This man, with his hands raised toward the sun, which was shininc brightly, said : ENTERPRISE OF JAMES MARQUETTE. 35 ♦• How beautiful is the sun, O Frenchmen ! when ^ou come to visit us. All our people welcome you, and you shall enter all our cabins in peace." I lie then led them into the wigwam. A large concourse remained outside in respectful silence. Qnly the principal men entered the wigwam. Mats iere provided, for the guests, in the centre. The lest took seats around. The calumet of peace was passed. All in turn partook of the smoke of the Weed which both the civilized and uncivilized man Jiave prized so highly. I While thus employed, a messenger came in from the head chief, who resided in the village on the eminence to which v/e have alluded. He brought ^ message from the chief, inviting the strangers to his residence. " We went with a good will," writes M. Marquette. *' The people, who had never before seen a white man, could never tire looking at us. They threw them- selves upon the grass, by the way-side, to watch as ,ve passed. They ran ahead, and then turned and rvalked slowly back to examine us. All this was done without noise and in the most respectful manner." The chief was standing, with two venerable men, at the door of his residence. The three were en- tirely destitute of clothing. Each one held the calu- c 36 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. met of peace in his hand. The guests were receive; with smiles and a few cordial words of welcome Together they all entered the spacious wigwam. 1; was very comfortable and even cheerful in its aspcc: being carpeted, and its sides were lined with mat ingeniously woven from rushes. The Frenchmen, rr before, were placed upon central mats, while all the dignitaries of the village silently entered and took their seats around. The chief rose, and in a few very appropriate words bade the stranc^ers welcome to his country, Again the pipe of peace was presented to them and passed the rounds. M. Marquette, who, as we have said, was quite at home in all matters of Indian eti- quette, then arose, and addressing the chief, said : ** We have come as friends to visit the nations on this side of the great river." In token of the truth of these words, he made the chief a handsome present. He then added, ** God, the Father of us all, has had pity on you, though you have long been ignorant of Him. He wishes to become known to all nations, and has sent me to communicate His will to you, and wishes you to acknowledge and obey Him." Another present was handed the chief. He then continued, " My kmg, the great chief of the French, wishes that peace should reign every- where ; that there should be no more wars. The ENTERrRISE OF JAMES MARQUETTE. 37 Iroquois, who have been the enemies of the IlHnois, he has subdued." Another present was given, in confirmation of the truth of these words. In con- chision of this brief yet comprehensive speech, he remarked, '' And now I have only to say that we entreat you to give us all the information, in your power, of the sea into which the great river runs, and c^f the nations through whom we must pass on our way to reach it." The chief rose, and addressing Father IVIarquette, said, " I thank thee, Blackgovv^n, and thee also," bow- ing to I\I. Joliet, " for taking so much pains to come and visit us. Never has the earth been so beautiful to us, and never lias the sun shone so brightly upon us as to-day. Never has our river been so calm or so free from rocks. Your canoes have swept them. away. Never has our tobacco had so fine a flavor, or our corn been so luxuriant as we behold It to-day, now that you are with us." Then, turning to a little Indian captive boy, at his side, whom they had taken from some hostile tribe, and had adopted into the family of the chief, he added : '' Here is my son. I give him to you that you may know my heart. I implore you to take pity upon me, and upon all my nation. Thou knowest the Great Spirit who has made us all. Thou speakest 38 THE ADVENTURES OK LA SALLE. to Him and hearcst His word. Ask Him to give me life and health, and to come and dwell with us, that we may know Him." He then led the little captive to the side of M. Marquette. This was in return for the first present. Holding in his hand a calumet very highly carved and ornamented with feathers, he presented it to the father, saying : "This is the sacred calumet. It signifies that, wherever you bear it, you are the messengers of peace. All our tribes will respect it, and will pro- tect you from every harm." The bowl of the pipe was of some highly pol- ished red stone. The stem, elaborately decorated, was of a reed about two feet long. ** By this pres- ent," said he, *' we wish to show our esteem for your chief, whom we must all revere after the account you have given us of him." The third and fourth pres- ents consisted, so far as we can judge from the rather obscure narrative, of two thick mats, one for each of the guests, to serve them for beds on their voyage. At the same time the chief said : " I beg of you, in behalf of the whole nation, not to go any farther down the river. Your Hves will be in the greatest peril." " I replied." Father Marquette writes, " that I did not fear death, and that I esteemed no happiness ENTERPRISE OF JAMES MARQUETTE. 39 greater than that of loshig my Hfc for the glory of God, who made us all. But this, these poor people could not understand." The council now broke up, and a great feast was cr'wcn. It consisted of four courses. The first much resembled what is called in New England hasty pudding. It consisted of Indian meal, and corn pounded fine, and boiled in an earthen pot, and was eaten with melted fat. The master of ceremonies took some on a wooden plate, and with a horn spoon, quite neatly made, fed the two Frenchmen as a mother feeds a child. The second course consisted of three boiled fishes. Carefully the bones were removed, and the Indian who served them placed the food in the mouths of their guests as before. He blew upon it, to be sure that it was sufficiently cool. For the third course there was brought forward a large baked dog. This was considered a great delicacy, and was deemed the highest compliment which could be shown to a guest. But the prejudices of the Frenchmen were such that they could not eat dog, and this dish was removed. The fourth course consisted of fat and tender cuts of bufflilo meat. This also was placed in their mouths as parents feed a child. There were three hundred wigwams in the village. After the feast the guests were led into each one of 40 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. them, and introduced to the inmates. As they walked through the streets a large crowd accom- panied them. Some men, officiating as a kind of police, were continually haranguing the throng, urgiii:; the people not to press too close, and not to be troublesome. Many presents were made them of belts and scarfs woven from hair and fur, and other small articles of Indian manufacture, brilliantly col- ored and richly embroidered with shells. They had also knee-bands and wrist-bands which were quite ornamental. That night the guests slept in the wigwam of the chief. The next morning they took leave of their generous entertainers. The chief himself accompa- nied them to their canoes, followed by a retinue of nearly six hundred persons. We cannot record this friendly reception without emotion. How beautiful is peace ! How different would the history of this world have been but for man's inhumanity to man ! CATARACT ON AS AMEllICAN ElVUll. 'i'/d'o ((;//( I'ruirir (ind Fore,''/.'! rr.i;/f -11 CHAPTER 11. TJic First Exploration of tJic Mississippi River. :ivcr Sccneiy. — Tlic Missouri. — lis Distant Banks. — The Mosquito Pot. — Meeting the Indians. — Inllucncc of the Calumet. — The Arkansas Kiver. — A Friendly Greeting. — Scenes in the Village. — Civilization of the Southern Tribes. — Domestic Habits. — Fear of the Spaniards. — The Return \''oyage. Father Marquette and M. Joliet had astronomi- al instruments with which they ascertained, with luch accuracy, the latitude of all their important stop- ing places. As they state that the two villages, which ^^hcy visited, were on the western side of the Missis- ippi, at the latitude of forty degrees north, and ipon the banks of a stream flowing into the Great ivcr, it is supposed that these villages were upon he stream now called Des Moines, which forms a part f the boundary between Iowa and Missouri. Ihe ndians called the villages Pe-ou-a-sea and Moing- vena. They were probably situated about six mile ^ bove the present city of Keokuk. It was three o'clock in the afternoon, of a day ear the end of sunny, blooming June, when our 'oyagcrs resumed their adventurous tour. Nearly 42 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. the whole tribe they had visited stood upon the bank to bid them adieu. They floated along through a very dreary country of precipitous rocks and jagged cliffs, which quite shut out from their view the mag. nificent prairie region which was spread out beyoiK] this barrier. Upon the smooth surface of one of these rocks, apparently inaccessible, they saw, with surprise, two figures painted in very brilliant colors and with truly artistic outline. They thought that the painting would have done honor to any European artist. The figures were of two rather frightful looking monsters, about the size of a calf, in red, green, and black Stoddard, in his history of Louisiana, says that these painted monsters, between the Missouri and the Illinois Rivers, still remain in a good degree of preservation. ** As we were discourshig of them," writes Father Marquette, " sailing gently down a beautiful, still, clear water, we heard the noise of a rapid, into which we were about to fall. I have seen nothing more frightful. A mass of large trees, entire, with branches, real floating islands, came rushing from the mouth of the river Pekitunoul, so impetuously that wc could not, without great danger, expose ourselves to pass across. The agitation was so great that the water was all muddy, and could not get clear." EXPLORATION OF THE MlSSISSim. 43 This was the rush and the roar of the incom- I'nrr billows of thc terrible Missouri, the most taMiicndous river upon this globe. It enters the ^Mississippi through a channel half a mile in breadth, rushing down with a sort of maniacal fury, from its sources among the Rocky Mountains at the distance o( three thousand and ninety-six miles. Its whole course, from its rise to its entrance into the Gulf of !\Icxico, is four thousand three hundred and forty- nine miles. More than two hundred and fifty years after this, Mr. George Catlin ascended this river in the first steamer which ever ventured to breast its torrent. It took the steamer three months to ascend to the mouth of the Yellowstone, two thousand miles from the city of St. Louis. At this point the Amer- ican Fur Company had erected a very substantial fort, three hundred feet square, for the protection of their property against the savages. The banks of the stream were lined with the villages of the In- dians. Their wigwams were of a great variety of structure. The scenes presented were astonishing in their wild and picturesque aspect. Crowds of wcird-Hke savages would often be collected on the bluffs, watching the appalling phenomenon of the passing steamer. The Missouri is different, perhaps, from any other 44 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. river in tlic world. Its boiling, turbid waters rush impetuously on, in an unceasing current, for luin. dreds of leagues, with scarcely a cove, an eddy, or any resting place where a canoe can be tranquillv moored. The Indian name of the river signifits Muddy Water. It is so opaque, like a cup of choco- late, that a newly coined shilling, placed in a tum- bler, cannot be seen through the eighth part of an inch of the waiter. For nearly a thousand miles the whole bed of the stream was impeded with gigantic trees, torn from the rich alluvial banks, forming snags and saw- yers and rafts, through which, often with difficulty, the steamer cut her way. Every island and sand- bar, was covered with dreary looking masses of drift- wood of every conceivable variety. This desolate and savage aspect of the rushing flood is much relieved by the aspect of marvellous beauty often presented on the banks. It was almost a fairy scene. Hills and vales, bluffs and ravines, were continually presented in successions of sublimity and beauty which charmed the eye. Prairies were often spread out before them of boundless expanse, upon which vast herds, often numbering thousands, of buffaloes, elks, and antelopes, were seen grazing. In the gloomy forests, wolves were roaming. Mountain goau bounded over the chfifs. And at times, the " $ f EXPLORATION OF THE MISSISSIPPI. 45 air seemed darkened with the myriad birds which ID.;c from the tall grass. There was one twelve-pound, and three or four i'dit-pound cannon on board the steamer. At very village which was passed, the banks would tc crowded with the astounded natives. Mischicv- u.sly, the captain would order all the cannon to be |iniultancously discharged. The effect upon the Icrrificd savages was ludicrous in the extreme. They were all thrown into utter consternation. The fiiorc devout threw themselves upon the ground, and, Jiiding their faces, cried to the Great Spirit for pro- cction. The cowards, with the women and the hildren, ran screaming back into the prairie, or ehind the hills. Occasionally, a little band of vet- ran warriors, the bravest of the brave, would stand heir ground, ready to meet the terrors of even a su- ernatural foe. *' Sometimes," writes Catlin, ''they were thrown neck and heels over each other's heads and shoulders — men, women, children and dogs ; sage, sachem, old and young, all in a mass — at the frightful discharge of the steam from the escape-pipe, which the captain of the boat let loose among Miem, for his own fun and amusement." As our voyagers, in their birch bark canoes, passed the mouth of this wonderful stream, they had no 46 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. conception of the scenes which were transpiring thousands of Indian villages on its far-distant wat:; They began now to think, from the course of :, Mississippi, that it must flow into the Gulf of Mexl: They had however learned, from the Indians, tl. if they were to ascend the Missouri, or, as tli called it, Pekitanoiii, five or six days' sailj they wo: come to a very beautiful prairie, ninety- five nV.;., long. This splendid country, which was represent , I as an Eden of loveliness, the Indians said could l\ easily crossed, carrying their canoes. They cou':^ then take another river which ran southwest into ; small lake. This was the source of another large a:; deep river, which emptied into the western sea. In subsequent years, this description of the India: was found to be unexpectedly correct. By ascendir,- the Missouri to the Platte River, and following tli,, stream to its source among the Rocky Mountains, th. traveller is brought within a few leagues of the Cole rado, which flows into the Gulf of California. Havir: passed the dangerous rush of the Missouri, as ;. entered into the Mississippi, and floating upon the sii: face of their combined waters, they came, after the sail, as they judged, of about sixty miles, to tlie mouth of another large river, of gentle current, anc w4iose waters were of crystal purity, flowing in from the east. The Indians very appropriately called 1 LXrtORATlON OF THE MlSSlSSirri. 47 f abash, which signified Beautiful River. The Efcnch subsequently called it La Belle Riviere. We ha^ c "^iven it the name of Ohio, appropriating the iMimc Wabash to one of its most important tributaries. The voyagers learned that this stream was fringed with a succession of Indian villages. The various Ibcs were peaceful, averse to war. In one district (ere was a cluster of twenty-three villages ; in [other, of eighteen. But alas for man ! It would :m that the fallen children of Adam were deter- incd that there should be no happiness in this )rld. The ferocious Iroquois would send their war irties, hundreds of miles through the wilderness, to ike unprovoked attacks upon these unwarlike peo- |e. They would rob them of their harvests, wan- fnly burn their wigwams, kill and scalp men, women, id children, and carry off captives to torture and irn at the stake, in barbarian festivities. Near the mouth of this river they found deposits unctuous earth, having quite brilliantly the colors red, purple, and violet. Father Marquette rubbed ime of the red upon his paddle. The constant use that paddle in the water, for fifteen days, did j^ot efface the color. This was a favorite resort of fie Indians to obtain materials for painting their .-|ersons. 1 They now entered the region of that terrible pest, i 4^ THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. the mosquito. Elephants, lions, tigers, can bt exterminated. The mosquito bids defiance to a mortal powers. The Indians would build a scaffolr. ing of poles, a mere grate-work, which would give frt^l passage to smoke. A few pieces of bark, overhead! sheltered them from the rain, and the excessive hea; of the sun. Upon these poles they slept, kindlin'jl smouldering fires beneath. They could better endure: the suffocating fumes which thus enveloped them and drove away their despicable tormenters, thar, bear the poison of their stings. The voyagers \vere| greatly annoyed by these insects. As they were thus swept down the infinite wind- ings of the stream, day after day, mostly at the will of the current, they perceived one morning, much to! their surprise, a small band of Indians on the shore, armed with guns. The savages seemed very mudi at their ease, and waited the approach of the canoes, Father Marquette stood up and waved toward them his peace calumet, with its imposing decoration ot feathers. His companions held their muskets in readiness to repel any assault. Drawing near the shore, the father addressed them in the Huron lan- guage. They did not understand him, but made friendly signs for the party to land. The Indians led the Frenchmen into their wigwams and feasted them EXPLORATION OF THE MISSISSIPPI. 49 upon buffalo steaks, with bear's fat, and some very Idellcious wild plums. It appeared that these Indians were a band of Iwarriors, probably from the Tuscarora nation. They had seen the Spaniards, on the Florida coast, and had purchased of them guns, axes, and knives. They kept their powder in strong glass bottles. From them they learned that a ten days* voyage down the rapid current of the Mississippi would bring them to the [ocean. The indefatigable missionary endeavored to rive them some idea of God, and of salvation through Ijesus Christ, who came to seek and save the lost. And now, with renewed courage, our adventurers [entered their canoes and resumed their paddles. (The prairies, which had so long delighted their eyes, gradually disappeared, and the dense forest lined [both sides of the stream. It was very evident, how- ever, that upon the other side of the forest-crowned [eminences, the prairies continued to extend in all their sublimity and beauty ; for they often heard the [bellowing, as the roar of distant thunders, from thou- [sands of wild cattle roving the plains. They had now descended to nearly the thirty- Ithird degree of north latitude, when they came to a [large Indian village, situated upon a plain raised but |a few feet above the level of the water. These Indians had undoubtedly received some great outrage So THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. from the Spaniards ; for no sooner did they catch a - sight of the Europeans than they were thrown into i great commotion, and all their warriors rallied for battle. They were evidently aware that a few men, armed with the dreadful musket, might overpower a large number who wielded only the Indian weapons of warfare. These warriors were armed with bows and arrows, javelins, and war clubs. They seemed to know that the invisible bullet could strike with death far beyond the reach of any of their missiles. They moved therefore with great caution. In those southern lat- itudes the birch tree, from whose bark the canoes of the northern Indians were made, did not thrive, f Their boats were made of large logs, hollov jd out and neatly shaped. They were often ornamented with infinite labor. Some of the warriors prepared to overwhelm the strangers with a shower of arrows from the land. Others embarked in their larecr boats to ascend the river, and others to descend, so as to cut off all possibility of retreat. As the voyagers drew near the shore, Father Marquette stood up in his canoe, though exposed to imminent danger of being pierced by their arrows, and earnestly waved the calumet of peace, at the | same time, as he writes, imploring the aid of " our patroness and guide, the Blessed Virgin Immaculate. 1 EXPLORATION OF THE MlSSISSIPPr. 51 And indeed," he contijuies, ** wc needed her aid, for we heard, from afar, the Indians exciting one another to the conibat by continual yells." In the terror and tumult of the moment the calumet had not been seen. But as soon as some of the chiefs caught sight of it, they rushed into the water, threw their bows and arrows into the canoes, which they seized and brought to the shore. Father Marquette and M. Jolict were so familiar with the customs of the Indians that they understood this to be a friendly movement, and they no longer felt any great anxiety ; though they were aware that, through some sudden outbreak of the savage sense of re- venge, they might lose their lives. The good father ad(hessed them in six Indian languages, none of which they understood. At last an old man came forward, who spoke a little Illinois. Very friendly relations were soon established. They made the Indians several valuable presents, and informed them of their desire to find the way to the ocean. ** They perfectly understood our mean- ing," writes Father Marquette, '' but I know not whether they understood what I told them of God, and the things which concerned their salvation. It is a seed cast in the earth, which will bear its fruit in season." The Indians, in return, presented them with corn, D 52 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. pounded into meal, and some fishes. They said that, at some distance farther down the river, there was a large village called Akamsea ; that there they could learn all they wished to know respecting the course and the out-flow of the Father of Waters. The voy. agers slept in the wigwams of the Indians during the night, though the father confesses that it was not without some uneasiness. The Akamsea, to which the Indians referred, was what we now call Arkansas. It is supposed that this village was near the Indian village of Guachoya, where the unhappy De Soto, whose romantic history we have given in a previous volume of this series, breathed his last, one hundred and fifty years before. In the narrative which has descended to us of that ill-fated and cruel expedition the historian writes : " The same day, July 2, 1543, that we left Amin- oya, we passed by Guachoya, where the Indians tar- ried for us in their canoes." It was at Aminoya that De Moscoso, who suc- ceeded Dc Soto, built his little fleet of seven strong barges, with which the Spaniards descended, in a voyage of sixteen days, to the mouth of the river. The Spaniards were as ignorant of the sources of the mighty river upon which they were sailing, as were the French of the termination of the majestic flood, which they had discovered nearly two thousand EXPLORATION OF THE MISSISSIPPI. 53 miles, far away amidst the lakes and prairies of the north. The next morning, at an early hour, the French- men resumed their voyage. A party often Indians accompanied them, leading the way in one of their lar^^e boats. The old man, who understood a little of the Illinois language, also went with them as an interpreter. When they had descended the river nearly thirty miles, and were within about a mile and a half of the Arkansas village, they saw two boats, crowded with warriors, push out from the shore, and advancing to meet them. The keen eyes of the sav- ages had probably discerned the Indian boat which led the frail canoes of the Frenchmen. They knew that persons thus approaching could come with no hostile attempt. The chief of this party, distinguished by his gor- geous dress, stood up in his boat, and, waving the plumed calumet, sung, in a very plaintive but agree- able tone, some Indian ode of welcome. He came u'ith smiles and friendly signs alongside of the two birch canoes which kept close together. First, hav- ing taken a few whiffs from the pipe, he presented it to them to smoke. Then, having given them some bread, made of Indian meal, he made signs for them to follow him to the shore. The chief had a large scaffolding, such as we 54 THE ADVENTURES OF LA ' ALLE. have before described, ns a protection from the mos- quitoes. It also afforded a cool shelter from the rays of an almost tropical sun. The ground floor was carpeted with very fine rush mats. In the centre of this spacious awning, the Frenchmen were seated, as in the post of honor. The head chief, with his subordinates, surrounded them. Then the encircling warriors, several hundred in number, took their seats. A motley but perfectly orderly crowd of men, women, and children gathered around as witnesses of the scene. Fortunately there was a young warrior there who had travelled, and who was much more familiar with the Illinois language than the old man who had accompanied the voyagers as interpreter. ** Through him," says the f.uthful missionary, '' I first spoke to the assembly by the ordinary presents. They admired what I told them of God, and the mysteries of our holy faith, and showed a great desire to keep me with them to instruct them." In answer to inquiries in reference to the sea, they said that it could be easily reached, in their canoes, in ten days. They, however, stated that they knew but little about the nations who inhab- ited the lower part of the river, because they were their enemies. These Indians had hatchets, knives, and beads. This proved that, in some way, they EXPLORATION OF THE MlSSISSim. 55 had held intercourse \Vith Europeans. Upon bein^ij consulted on this question, it appeared that they had obtained them through the Spaniards in Florid;i and Mexico. They warned the voyagers not to go anv farther down the river, as they would certainly be attacked and destroyed by the war parties of these hostile bands. While this conference was going on, which con- tinued for several hours, the Indians were continually presenting their guests with plates of food, which I consisted principally of meal-pu UUng, roast corn, and ido'^s' flesh. The Indians were very courteous. But it was not a powerful or war-like tribe. They often had but a meagre supply of food, as the ferocity of their surrounding enemies prevented them from Iwandering far in pursuit of game. Their main reliance was upon corn. They sowed lit at all seasons, raising three crops a year. While some fields were just sprouting, others were in the soft and milky state suitable for roasting, and other fields were waving with the ripe and golden harvest. [These southern tribes were generally much more ladvanced in the arts than those farther north. 'hey manufactured many quite admirable articles )f pottery for household use. It is said that some )f them were hardly inferior in form and finish to the exquisite vases found in Flerculaneum and Pompeii. 56 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SA1.LE. Still they were in many respects degraded sav- ages, of loathsome habits, but little elevated above the brutes. Many of the men wandered about with- out any clothing. The women were not regarded with any honor. They were beasts of burden, dressed in wretched skins, without any ornaments. Their wigwams were long and wide, made of bark, with a single central entrance. Almost like the cat- tle, they slept together at the two extremities, upon mat-covered elevations, raised about two feet from the ground. From the description of Father Mar- quette, we should infer that, in this melancholy vil- lage, the chiefs alone enjoyed the luxury of sleeping upon poles enveloped with suffocating smoke to drive away the mosquitoes. " We ate no fruit there," writes Marquette, " but watermelons. If they knew how to cultivate their grounds they might have plenty of all kinds." In the evening M. Joliet and Father Marquette lield a conference in reference to their future course. They had ascertained that they were at 33° 40' north latitude. The basin of the Gulf of Mexico was at 31^ 40'. Though the Indians had said that they could reach the sea in ten days, it was manifest that they could easily accomplish the distance in four or five. 'ihe quei:tion was consequently settled that the Mississippi ran into the Gulf of Mexico. To decide EXPLORATION OF THE MlSSISSim. 5/ this point was the great object of their voyage. Spariish outrages had exasperated all the Indians alonfT the southern coast. The voyagers could not prosecute their enterprise any farther, but at the imminent peril of their lives. Should they thus perish, the result of their discoveries would, for a long time, be lost to the world. They feared the Spaniards even more than they did the savages. The Spaniards, jealous of the power of France, would certainly hold them as pris- oners, if they could take them, and would not improbably put them to death to prevent the fact of their having descended the whole course of the Mississippi from being known. They therefore wisely determined to retrace their steps with all energy. On the 17th of July they left the village of Akamsea, near the mouth of the Arkansas River, to stem the strong current of the Mississippi on their return. At high-water the vast flood, a mile in width, rushed along at the rate of five or six miles an hour. They found it very difficult to force their way against this current. We have no particular account of the incidents of their long and laborious return voyage. When they had reached the latitude of thirty-eighth degree north, they came to the mouth of the Illinois River. The Indians informed them that this would be a shorter route to Lake 58 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. I\Iichigan than to go up the Mississippi still farther to the Wisconsin River. They therefore entered this stream, which takes its rise within six miles of the lake. In the glowing account which Father Mar- quette gives of this river, he writes : *' We had seen nothing like this river for the fertil- ity of the land, its prairies, woods, wild cattle, stags, deer, wild-cats, bustards, swans, ducks, parrots, and even beavers. It has many little lakes and tributary rivers. The stream on which we sailed is broad, deep, and gentle, for sixty-five leagues. During the spring, and part of the summer, when the rivers are full, the portage is only a mile and a half in length." They ascended the Illinois until, by a short por- tage, they could transport their canoes across the prairie to the Chicago River. Descending this stream to its mouth, where the thronged city of Chicago now stands, but which was then only a dreary expanse of marshy prairie, they paddled up the western coast of Lake Michigan until they reached the mission at Green Bay, about the middle of September. About two months were spent in the toilsome voyage from Arkansas. General Wool, Inspector-General of the army of the United States, has made, from a personal acquaintance with the route, the following estimate EXPLORATION OF THE MISSISSIPPI. rg -fthc distances of the several stages of this eventful journey : ] torn Crccn Cay up Fox River to the portage 175 miles. I'rom llie portage down the Wisconsin to the Mississippi .175 I'lom the moath of the Wisconsin to the mouth of the Arkansas ^^^7 From the Arkansas to the Illinois River 547 '* Ircm the mouth of the Illinois to Chicago 305 r 10m Chicago to Green Pay, by the lake shore 260 Total 2,549 It is interesting to trace, on any good map of North America, the route pursued by Marquette. Ic attached to his Journal a sketch map, necessarily Imperfect, as the constant perils he endured would lot have permitted him to make an accurate survey )f the country, even if he had possessed the necessary Instruments, and had received a better training for the work than had probably been included in his pre- )aration for missionary work. But his rough sketch lias enabled his biographers to trace his route. Father Marquette, who was never known to utter murmuring word, and who was serene and cheerful imidst the sorest trials, was so utterly exhausted by the toils of the expedition that he could proceed no farther than Green Bay. Here M. Joliet separated from him and continued his route, in a birch canoe, ilong the vast expanse of Huron, Erie, and Ontario, md down the St. Lawrence to Montreal. la 6o THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. descending the rapids of the river his canoe was over. set and all his papers lost, he narrowly escaping with his life. He subsequently dictated, from menriory, a few pages of the incidents of the voyage ; but the manuscript of Father Marquette alone remained to tell the wondrous story. This was sent to France, and there published. Even Marquette had no conception of the true grandeur of that valley he had entered, extending from the Alleghany ridges to the Rocky Mountains. Still, when the tidings of his wonderful discoveries reached Quebec, the exciting intelligence was received with the ringing of bells, with salvos of artillery, and, most prominent and important of all, by nearly the whole population, led by the clergy and other dignj. taries of the place, going in procession to the cathe- dral where the Te Deum was sung in thanksgiving to God. I CHAPTER III. Marquette s Last Voyage^ and Death, %he Departure from Green Bay. — Navigating the Lake in a canoe. — ? Storms of rain and snow. — Night Encampments. — Ascendinjj the Chicago River. — A Winter with the Savages. — Journey to the Kankakee. — The Great Council on the Prairie. — Interesting Incidents. — The Escort of Savages. — The Death Scene. — Sub- lime Funeral Solemnities. Father Marquette spent the winter and the Ivholc summer of 1674 at Green Bay, actively engaged jii the services of the mission, though in a very feeble Jtatc of health. It is said that he was remarkably genial and companionable, fond of pleasantry, ever greeting others with pleasant words and benignant imiles. He had promised the Illinois Indians that he would return to them, to teach them the religion i)f peace and good-will brought to the world by the Son of God. His health being somewhat recruited, he set out^ )y direction of his superiors, with two boatmen,. *icrre and Jacques, to establish a mission among" these Indians, who were anxiously awaiting his arri- val. The mission at Green Bay was at the southern 62 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. extremity of that inland sea. Taking their canoe and all their effects upon their shoulders, they crossed the peninsula, which separated the bay from the lake, through an Indian trail about tl Irty miles in length. They then launched their canoe upon the broad sur. face of Lake Michigan. The cold gales of Novcm. ber had now begun to plough the surface of thij inland sea. Their progress was very slow. Often the billows were such that the canoe could not ride safely over them. Then they landed, and, in the chill November breezes, trudged along the sliore, bearing all their effects upon their shoulders ! Ice formed upon the margin of the water, and several snow-storms impeded their march, adding greatly to their discomfort. But not a repining word escaped the lips of Father Marquette. It was but a dismal shelter they could rear, for the night, on the bleak shore. Through this exposure his health began rapidly to fail. It took them nearly four weeks to reach the mouth of the Chicago River. They as- cended the river several leagues, until they came to a small cluster of Indian wigwams. The savages were poor, but few in number, and their abodes com- fortless. But P^re Marquette was so sick that they could go no farther. These Indians w^ere of the ]\liami tribe. Mere the voyagers built a small log-cabin, and, MARQUETTE'S LAST VOYAGE AND DEATH. 63 estitute of what many would deem the absolute ne- cssarics of life, passed the remaining weeks of the rcary winter. One would suppose that the lone i:,sionary must at times have contrasted painfully Is then situation, with the luxuries he had enjoyed in the ancestral castle in which he was cradled. A few wretched wigwams were scattered over the snow-whitened plains, where poverty, destitution, and repulsive social habits reigned, such as is perhaps never witnessed in civilized life. His home was but a cabin of logs, with the inter- r itlces stuffed with moss. The roof was covered with i * ' talk. The window was merely a hole cut through the logs. In storms a piece of cloth hung over it, which partially kept out wind and rain. The fire- place was one corner of the room, with a hole in the ; foof through which the smoke ascended. Often the state of the atmosphere was such that the cabin was jllcd with smothering smoke. A few mats, woven coarsely fi'om bulrushes, covered a portion of the ^rth floor. A mat was his bed. A log, covered with aij mat, was his chair ; his food was pounded corn, j^.d fishes and flesh of animals, broiled on the coals , lis companions, savages. Such was the home wdiich . ills noble man had cheerfully accepted in exchange ; yr the baronial splendors of his ancestors. It was I i\o hundred years ago. Father Marquette has re- I i 64 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. ceived his rewards. His earthly labors and sacrifices were for but about twenty years. For two hundred years he has occupied a mansion, which God reared for him in heaven. There he is now, with his crown, his robe, and his harp, with angel companion- ship. And there he is to dwell forever. There is something exceedingly beautiful in the simplicity of the Gospel of Christ. God, in the per. son of his Son, came to earth and suffered and died to make atonement for human sin. All who will abandon sin, and try to live doing nothing wronj and endeavoring to do everything that is right, He will forgive, and make forever happy in heaven. This is the Gospel ; the Good News. God is no respecter of persons ; but in every nation, he that feareth him and worketh righteousness, is accepted with him. The loitering Indians, ignorant, degraded, wicked, gathered in constant groups around the fire, in the cabin of the sick Christian teacher. And when he told them of that happy world where they shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more, and where God shall wipe away all tears from their eye?, the truth came home to their hearts, and became its own witness. And yet here, as elsewhere, the Gospel of Jesus found its bitter antagonists. With the Indians, as in every city and town in Christendom, there were mafsQUETte's last voyage and death. 65 ^hose who did not wish to be holy. They hated a jospcl which demanded the abandonment of sin. hcsc men, with bloody tomahawks and gory scalp- ]Yr knives, and who, from infancy, had been practis- lyr the hideous war-whoop ; who consider the glory f their manhood to depend upon the number of nemics they had slain, and wliose greatest dehght onsisted in hstening to the sliricks, and witnessing he convulsions of their agonized victims at the take, denounced the Christian teacher, as the Jews enounced the Son of God, crying out " Crucify 11m. Every day Father Marquette was sinking in lan- guor, which both he and his companions supposed to be a monition of speedily approaching death. And yet ^e was a cheerful and happy man. All incomers at his cabin were greeted with smiles. Death had no ter- ror. Brighter and brighter grew the path, as he drew earcr to the celestial city. His log-cabin was contin- ally crowded with those who sought instruction. he two humble companions who attended him, iverc devout men, though uneducated, and in life's owly station. They joined heartily in the devotions f the cabin. The voices of the three were joined in atins and vespers, ^nd floated sweetly over those reary wastes, where such heavenly strains had never eon heard before. 66 THE ADVENTURES 01 LA SALLE. Louis XIV. was then upon the throne of France. He was one of the greatest, most powerful, most op:;. lent of all earthly monarchs. The wealth and the g;. nius of earth could construct nothing more grand tha;i his palaces at Marly and Versailles. His banqueting hall was unsurpassed by any other hall ever reared upon this globe. His chambers, his saloons, his gal leries, are still visited by astonished and admirin^ thousands. And yet no one, familiar with his life, will deny that Father Marquette, in his log-cabi;i, surrounded by Indian wigwams, probably passed a happier winter than did Louis XIV., amidst the most dazzling splendors which ever surrounded a mortal. Christmas came. It was made by the three a season of special devotion, that God would so rein- vigoratc Father Marquette, as to enable him to ful. fil his promise, and visit the Illinois Indians, and teach them the Gospel. These devotions were called a Novena, which was a nine days* prayer-meeting, Their prayers were heard. Contrary to all reasonable expectation, he so far regained his strength as to be able, on the 29th of March, to resume his journey. The chill winds of departing winter still swept ih plains. Storms of sleet often beat upon them. The ground, alternately thawing and freezing, was fre- quently whitened with snow. And still these heroic men with chivalry never surpassed in the annals of MAKQUHTTE'S LAST VuVAGl:: AND DEATH. C/ knl'-^hthood, pressed on. Their journey was slow. Sometimes they floated upon the stream. Again I they followed the Indian trail through forest and iprairie. After traversing a route about a hundred and fifty miles in length, they reached, on the 8th of April, the Kankakee River, an important tributary [of the Illinois. At this point, which is novr in the [present county of Kankakee, and near where the villao-e of Rockport stands, the Illinois Indians had [their large and populous village. The missionary was received, wc are told, as an inGfcl from heaven. He assembled all the chiefs of [the tribe, with the renowned warriors, that with im- )osing ceremonies he might announce to them the )bject of his coming, and impress them with the lomentous importance of his message. There was 10 wigwam sufficiently capacious to accommodate such a multitude as the occasion would assemble. Near the village there was a smooth, verdant, beautiful prairie, richly carpeted with the velvet green of early spring. On a mild and sunny morn- ing a wonderful crowd of savages — men, women, and children— were seen crowding to the appointed sta- tion. The chiefs were dressed in truly gorgeous liabilimcnts, of plumes, skins richly embroidered and fringed, and brilliantly colored. Their robes were |nore showy than any court-dress ever witnessed at 68 TIU: ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. Windsor Castle or the Tuilcrles. The warriors, witi, proud demeanor and stately tread, marched aloii'^, with quivers of arrows at their backs, and bows in their hands. Tomahawks and scalping knives were ostcnta- tiously displayed, and the scalps of enemies dangled at their javelii, points, as badges of their nobilitv. Of those they were more proud than were ever Enrr. lish, French, or Spanish grandees of the decoration of stars or garters. The women and the dogs came next. They were alike regarded as necessary drudge, to bear burdens, and to be fed with the refuse which their masters Ief<-. Then came the boys and girls, many of them half naked, shouting, laughing, racing, cncracrincf in all the uncouth merriment of a savaee gala day. The spot selected for the council was decoratec according to the most approved fashion of the pec^ pie and their times. The ground was covered with mats, made of the skins of bears and other animak Posts were planted, draped and festooned w^th green boughs. Upon each of the four sides of the square, the good father, who had ever been taught to regard with the utmost veneration the Mother of Jesus, hung a picture of the Blessed Virgin, that all might gaze upon her sad yet beautiful features. Father Marquette took his seat upon a mat, in the centre of the enclosure. Then the chiefs, and MARQUETTE'S LAST VOYAGE AND DEATH. 69 the veteran warriors, who in many a bloody foray had won renown, took their seats around him. Silently and with the dignity becoming great men, ihcy assumed their positions. The young men, who had not yet signaHzed themselves, and who were ever eager to go upon the war-path, that they might return wlih their trophies of gory scalps, to receive the apphiuse of the nation as braves, came next. In respect to the war spirit, which is one of the i ,mo5t direful traits of our fallen race, there is but lit- ' tic difference between the civilized and uncivilized man. I was once breakfasting with one of the most idistinguished officers of a European army. To my Iqiicstion whether the officers generally wished for peace or v^r, he replied : I " War, of course. In times of peace promotion |omcs slowly. But upon the battle field promotions I |rc very rapidly made." The young warriors counted about fifteen hun- dred. Outside of their circle, the women and the hildrcn were clustered. It was estimated that the hole population of the village amounted to about three thousand. The Illinois Indians were at war with ^'le Miamis, |mong whom Father Marquette had passed the 'inter. The Illinois chiefs had obtained of the traders few guns. Immediately upon Marquette reaching > ;0 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. their village, they hastened to entreat of him powder and ball, that they might fit out an expedition against their foes. Father Marquette rose at the council, and after presentini, the chiefs with some valuable gifts, in token of the sincerity of his desire to be their friend and do them good, addressed them in substance as follows : '* I have not brought you any powder or ballj. I do not wish you to fight your brethren the Miamis, You are all the children of the same Father. Yoi; should love one another. I have come to tell yo: of God, and to teach you to pray. God, the Grea: Spirit, came to the world, and became a man,\vho5 name was Jesus. He died upon the cross to atone for the sins of all men. And now, if you will cease to sin ; if you will love your Father, the Great Spirit, pray to Him and do everything in your power to please Him, He will bless you, and when you diewi: take you to dwell with Him and will make yo: happy forever." Such was, in general, the address of Father Ih quette. Such was ever, in substance, his teachin- Jesus the Christ, and Him crucified, was hisconstari! theme. Two or three days were spent in simiii; exercises. The Indians crowded around the fatlie; constantly. They listened to his teachings witi respectful and apparently with even joyful attentioa MARQUETTE'S LAST VOYAGE AND DEATH. 7 1 I He was pale and emaciate. Even the Indians could perceive, from his feeble voice and emaciate steps, lliat he was not far from the grave. On Easter Sunday, the faithful missionary, with solemn and imposing ceremonies, took, if we may so speak, spiritual possession of the land, in the nan"«i of Jesus Christ. The rapidly failing health of the missionary, rendered it expedient for him to endeavor to return to his friends at Green Bay. The poor Indians really mourned at the idea of his departure. Time hung heavily upon their hands. They had but little to think of, and but little to do. Loitering indolently around, from morning till night, it was a great source of enjoyment to them, to crowd the large wigwam they had built for the father, to listen to his words, to question him, and to witness the cere- monies with which he was accustomed to conduct his devotions. They were therefore much troubled at the thought of his departure, and were but par- tit^lly comforted by his repeated assurances that he wo ;ld either soon return again, or send some one , else to continue the mission which he had thus commenced. Slowly and feebly he set out on his long journey back to Green Bay. It was ninety miles from Kan- kakee to the southern extremity of Lake Michigan. -jz THE alve::tukes of la salle. They could paddle in canoes over a portion of the route. But there were also weary miles of portacre which they had to pass over, through Indian trails, carrying their canoe, and all their effects, upon their backs. It was a severe undertaking for a sick man, who was so feeble that even if a horse could have been provided for him to ride, he could scarcely have held himself upon the saddle. A large party of the Indians accompanied the father, on this weary journey to the lake. Thc)- administered to his wants with the tenderest care, relieving him of every burden, and aiding him over the rough ways. At the night encampments, they provided for him a shelter, kindled his fire, cooked his food, and spread for him a couch of leaves and twigs. When they reached a small stream, which ran into the lake, they placed him as comfortably as possible in his canoe, and intrusti.ig him to the care of his two faithful boatmen, Jacques and Pierre, bade him an affectionate farewell. The savages, after these deeds of almost Christian kindness, returned to their wigwams, to sharpen the edges of their tomahawks, the points of their javelin?, the barbs of their arrows ; and were soon, with hide- ous yells, rushing upon their foes the Miamis, burn- ing, killing, scalping — performing deeds of cruelty which ought to cause even demons to blush. MAKQt'ETTE\S LAS r VOYAGE AND DKATII. 73 Father Marquette was too 'veak to wield the paddle. He reclined in the bottom of the canoe, with his head slightly elevated, so that he could see all the beauties of the scenery through which they were passing. His prayer-book was in his hand ; liis talk was of heaven ; he was cheerful and happy. His companions have testified to the wonderful amiability, gentleness, and joy he maintained. He told them plainly that he should die upon the voy- a-^e, but encouraged them to bear courageously all the hardships they were to encounter on the way, assuring that the Lord would not forsake them. As his attendants plied their paddles he read prayers to them, sang sweet hymns of devotion, and in many fervent utterances commended them and himself to God. He was in no pain. His eye I sparkled with animation. His soul was triumphant. It may be doubted whether, on the broad continent of North America, there were, in these hours, an individual to be found more happy than he. It was one of the mornings of lovely May, when this frail birch canoe, with its three inmates, emer- ging from a small stream, entered upon the ocean-like expanse of Lake Michigan. On the north and the east the majestic inland sea spread out to the hori- zon, with no bounds but the sky. For some unex- plained reason they decided to take the eastern 74 TilE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. shore of the lake, on their return voyage, though their outward voyage had been by the western shore. They had still a journey of three hundred miles before them. Father Marquette was so weak that he could no longer help himself. He could neither move nor stand, and had to be carried from the canoe to the shore like an infant. At each encampment the attendants vv^ould draw the canoe, with Father Mar- quette in it, gently upon the beach. They would then hastily rear a shelter, spread for him a couch of the long and withered herbage, and lay him tenderly upon it. The only food they could prepare for the fainting invalid, was corn pounded into coarse meal, mixed with water, and baked in the ashes, wdth per- haps a slice of game broiled upon the coals. Thus they moved along, day after day, expect- ing almost every hour that the death summons would come. On Friday evening, the 27th of May, 1675, he told them, with a countenance radiant with joy, that on the morrow he should take his departure for his heavenly home. He gave them minute instructions respecting the place he wished to be selected for his burial; directed how to arrange his hands and feet, and how to wrap him in his robes, for he could have no coffin. While one was to read the burial service the other MARQUETTE S LAST VOYAGE AND DEATH. 7$ was gently to toll the small chapel bell which he bore with him on his mission. The canoe was glid- incT along near the shore, as the father gave these instructions, reclining upon his mat. The setting sun was sinking apparently into the shoreless waters of the lake, in the west. They were all examining the land, the boatmen searching for a suitable spot for their night's encampment, and the father look- in^ for a good place for his dying bed and his burial. They came to the mouth of a small, pleasant river, which presented a sheltered cove for their canoe. There was an eminence near by, crowned by a beautiful grove, and commanding a wide pros- pect of the lake and of the land. It had a sunny exposure, drained of moisture, and composed of just such soil as seems suitable for a grave. Father Mar- quette pointed to the eminence in the lone, silent, solitary wilderness, and said, '^ There is the spot for my last repose.'* The boatmen ran their canoe up the mouth of the river, a few rods, and landed. Hastily they threw up a frail camp, kindled a fire, spread down a mat for a couch, and placed their revered spiritual father upon it. He was then left entirely alone, with his God, while his companions were engaged in unloading the canoe. They were silent and sad, for 76 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. they could not but perceive that the dying hour was at hand. When they returned, Father IMarquctte gave them his last instructions. ^' I thank you, my dear com. panions," he said, '' for all the love and tenderness you have shown me during this voyage. I beg ycu to pardon me for the trouble I have given you. Will you also say to all my fathers and brethren in the Ct- towa mission that I implore their forgiveness for my imperfections. I am now very near my home. But I shall not forget you in heaven. You arc very weary with the toils of the dav. I shall still live probabiv fur several hours. I wish vou would retire and tak: that rest which you so greatly need. I will call you as soon as the last moments arrive." They left the cabin with stricken hearts and weep- ing eyes. The dying Christian was left alone with his God. Who can imagine the peace and joy which must then have filled his heart and suffused his eyes. The victory was w'on. Death was conquered. The chariot of Israel and the horsemen thereof were wait- ing at the door of the humble cabin, to transport the victor, through the pathways of the stars, to his throne and his crown. Glorious death! Blissful journey ! Three hours passed away, and his feeble voice was heard calling his companions to his side. Ho MARQUETTE'S LAST VOYAGE AND DEATH. ;; threw his arms around the neck of each one, and drawing him gently down imprinted a kiss upon each cheek. Then, taking the crucifix, which he ever wore around his neck, he phced it in the hands of one of them, requesting him to hold that emblem of the atoning sacrifice of his Saviour before his eyes until the last moment. Then, inspired with the faith of Stephen the Martyr, clasping his hands and fixincr his o eyes upon this memorial of God manifest in the flesh, in fervent prayer he said : " Lord God, I thank Thee for the boundless grace Thou hast conferred upon me in permitting me to die in the service of Jesus Christ Thy Son. O God, I thank Thee, that I have been His missionary ; and that I am permitted to die, in a cabin, in the depths of the forest, and far removed from all human aid." There were a few moments of perfect silence. No sound fell upon the ear but the gentle breathing of the dying man. He was then heard feebly to say, "I know that my Redeemer Hveth." Again he said, in accordance with the faith which he had received from childhood, " Mary! Mother of Jesus my Lord, remember me.'* Suddenly he raised his eyes from the crucifix and looked upward, as if a vision of wonderful glory was bursting upon his entranced view. His countenance 78 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. shone radiant with joy. A sweet smile was upon his lips. Without a struggle, without a sigh, his soul took its flight to its home in heaven. He had fallen asleep. " Asleep in Jesus ! Far from thee. Thy kindred and their graves may be. But thine is still a blessed sleep, From which none ever wake to weep." His two bereaved companions wept bitterly. They laid out the body as directed ; wrapped it in the threadbare garments it so long had worn, and having dug the grave, placed the revered remains v/ithin it. While one devotedly covered the body with its mother earth, the other tolled the little bell which had so often summoned them to prayer. They remained upon the spot until the next day. A large cross was made, and planted firmly in the ground, in a position which would attract the attention of all passing along the shore of the lake. The two faith- ful boatmen, Jacques and Pierre, then, after kneelin^^ upon the grave in fervent prayer, returned to their canoe and continued the long journey to Green Bay. They reached the mission in safety, with their sad tidings. Father Marquette died at the early age of thirt). eight. ?Ie had spent twenty-one years an earnest, self- MARQUETTE'S LAST VOYAGE AND DEATH. 79 denying minister of Jesus Christ. Twelve of these v.crc in France. Nine were devoted to the savages of the New World. At the early age of nine years, he became an earnest Christian. Every Saturday was, with this wonderful child, a day of fasting and prayer. There were quite a number of Christian Indians at the Mackinaw mission. They had long known Father Marquette, and revered and loved him. A band of these Indians were, some months after this, on the shores of Lake Michigan, upon a hunting ex- cursion. They sought out the grave of Father Marquette. They took up the remains, carefully enclosed them in a box of birch bark, placed them in one of their canoes, and paddled them, three hun- dred miles, to the mission of St. Ignatius. A convoy of canoes, thirty in number, in single file, formed this wonderful funeral procession. It is doubtful whether such a scene was ever before wit- nessed on this globe. For more than ten days this band of Indian hunters, in their picturesque costume, silently and solemnly paddled along the shores of the lonely lake, that the remains of their beloved pastor might repose where they could visit the spot, and honor them with their testimonials of gratitude. As they approached the shore, where the mission was established, with its cross-surmounted chapel, 8o THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. surrounded with Indian wigwams, a courier was sent forward rapidly, in a canoe, to announce the arrival of the cortege. The whole community promptly gathered upon the beach. A funeral pro. cession was formed, led by Fathers Nouvel and Pier- son, who were Superiors of the two missions, one to the Ottawas, and one to the Hurons, which were located side by side. Interrogations were first made to verify the fact, that the body they bore was really that of Father Marquette. The two ecclesiastics then chanted the sublime anthem, " Out of the depths have I cried unto Thee, O Lord. Lord, hear my voice ; let Thine ears be attentive to the voice of mv 4 Eupplications." The canoes were still on the water, while quite a throng of the Indians crowded the shore. With the customary religious ceremonies, the body was con- veyed to the chapel. It remained there for a day, covered with a pall. On the morning of the next day, which was the ninth of June, the remains were deposited in a grave, in the middle of the log chapel, which we infer had no floor but the earth ; there to repose until the trump of the archangel shall sound, when all who are in their graves shall come forth. CHAPTER IV. Life upon the St. Laivrencc a}td the LaJces Two Hundred Years Ai^o. Birih of La Salic. — 1 1 is Parentage and Education. — Emigrates to America. — Enterprising Spirit. — Grandetir of his Conceptions. — Visits the Court of France. — Preparations for an Exploring Voyage. — Adventures of the River and Lake. — Awful Scene of Indian Torture. — Traffic with the Indians. — The Ship-yard at Lake Eric. About two hundred years ago, a young man, by the name of Robert de la Salle, crossed the Atlan- tic to seek his fortune in the wilds of Canada. He was born on the 22d of November, 1C43, in the city of Rouen, the ancient capital of Normandy,*'^ France. He was the child of one of the most distinguished families, and enjoyed all the advantages of social and educational culture which the refinement and schol- arship of those times could confer. He was by nature a thoughtful, pensive young man, whose soul was profoundly moved by the unsearchable mystery of this our earthly being. In very early life he found, in the religion of Jesus, a partial solution of the sub- * De La Salle among the Senecas, in 1669. By 0. H. Marshall, Buffalo Historical Socictv. 82 Tllli ADVKMURLS OF LA SALLE. lime drama of conflict, sin, and sorrow which is beincr 6 enacted on this globe, and which has no solution whatever but in the revelations of the Bible. Born almost beneath the shadow of the great cathedral of Rouen, and of an anccstiy which from time immemorial had been the children of the Catli- olic Church, and instructed from infancy by revered ecclesiastics of that communion, he almost as a mat- ter of necessity accepted Christianity as presented to him in the ritual of the Church of Rome. Nature had endowed him with a restless, enterprising spirit, which led him eagerly to plunge into those wild and perilous adventures from which most persons wouM have turned with dismay. La Salle received an accomplished education in one of the best seminaries in Europe. Upon gradu. ating, he received from the professors a testimonial of his high intellectual attainments and his unblem- ished moral character. About the year 1669 he sailed from France for Canada. His object proba- bly was to accumulate a fortune by the barter of European commodities for the furs and skins obtained by the Indians. He pushed forward to the frontiers, established trading houses, and in the well-freighted birch canoe, explored remote lakes and rivers. At that time the whole of the great northwest LIFP: on the ST. la\vren-ce. S} of this country was an entirely unknown land. No one knew whether the continent was one thousand or ten thousand miles in breadth. It was the gen- eral impression that the waves of the Pacific were dashing against the rocks a few miles west of the chain of great lakes which fringed the southern shores of Canada. La Salic was meditatinc: an expedition up the St. Lawrence, through the majes- tic chain of lakes to Lake Superior, from the western end of which he confidently expected to find easy communication with the Pacific Ocean. There he would again spread his adventurous sail, having dis- covered a new route to China and the Lidies. There was grandeur In this conception. It would entirely change the thoroughfare of the world's com- merce. It would make the French possessions in the New World valuable beyond conception. This all-important route, between Europe and Asia, would be under the control of the French crown... M. Frontenac, an ambitious and energetic Frenchman, was then governor-general of Canada. He entered cordially into the plans of La Salle, con- ferred frequently with him upon the subject, and was sanguine in the expectation that, by this great discovery, his own name would be immortalized, and he would secure the highest applause from the Grande Monarque, Louis XIV. ^. 84 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. As early as the year 1660, the Indians had reported, at Quebec, that many leagues west of the great lakes there was a wonderful river, the Grca: River, the Father of Waters, the most majestic stream in the world, flowing from the unexplored solitudes of the wilderness in the north, far away into the unknown regions of the south, j One day a birch canoe, with a little band of hardy, wayworn voyagers, French and Indians, came paddling down the swift current of the St. Lawrence and ran their boat upon the beach where the little cluster of dwellings stood, called Quebec. They brought the startling intelligence that Father Mar- quette, a great and good man whom all knew, had discovered the Great River, which the Indians called the Mississippi, and had followed down its majestic current for hundreds of leagues, until he had reached the thirty-third degree of latitude. He had ascer- tained, beyond all question, that it emptied its flood. Into the Gulf of Mexico. This important discovery, it was claimed, gave to the French, according to tlie| received law of nations, the whole valley of the Mis- sissippi and its tributaries, however great that vallevj might prove to be.\ This intelligence was received with every demo^ stration of public rejoicing. It gave, as it was supj posed, to France a new world of boundless resourceij LIFE OX THE ST. LAWRENCE. 85 The garrison band played its most exultant airs. Salvos of artillery echoed along the majestic clifis. There was feasting-, dancing, and singing, and the *;pacious church was thronged with worshippers, praising God with the national anthems of Te Deum. This great event gave a new impulse and a new direction to the ambition of La Salle. He at once conceived the idea of establishing a series of military and trading posts along the whole length of the lakes, and upon all the important points of the great river and its tributaries. But even then he was but little aware how magnificent was the realm which these tributaries watered. He would thus, however, in the name of the King of France, take military possession of the whole territory. Governor Frontenac gave his most cordial ap- proval to the gigantic plan. His own mind was -reatly excited by the thought of the grandeur of a chain of forts extending from the mouth of the St. Lawrence to the Gulf of Mexico. He urged La Salle to go immediat dy to France, seek an audience |wth the king, lay the plan before him, and seek the ■oval patronage. The renowned Colbert was then inister of finance and marine. The governor fur- ished La Salle with letters to the minister which ft-ould secure for him a respectful reception. 86 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. La Salic, a penniless adventurer, recrossed the ocean. It was the year 1675. His plan at once attracted attention, and he was cordially received by both minister and king. The courtiers raUied around him with much enthusiasm. The king, having hon. ored him with the title of chevalier, authorized him to rebuild, on the shores of Lake Ontario, Fort Frontenac, which was falling to decay, and invested him with the office of seignory or governorship of the fort and its adjacent territory. The sublime plan which La Salle thus proposed, could only be carried into execution by the continous labors of many years. La Salle returned to Canada full of bri.ght dreams for the future. For more than two years he was employed in rearing the walls of Fort Frontenac and improving the region around, This important post occupied a commanding posi- tion near the eastern extremity of Lake Ontario. At the close of the year 1677 he again returned to France, to r.e-port the progress he had made, His reception by the court was even more cordial than before, and he received from the king new hon- ors and more extended privileges. On the 14th of July, 1678, he sailed from Rochelle for Quebec. He took with him an Italian gentleman, by the name of Tonti, as his lieutenant, and a party of thirty men. After a two months' voyage, they landed at Quebec LIFE OX THE ST. EAWRENXE. 87 on the 15th of September. Then, paddling up the swift current of the St. Lawrence, they passed the little cluster of log-cabins surrounded with Indian v/igwams at Montreal, and after a voyage of between throe and four hundred miles reached Fort Fron- tcnac. ^ This was indeed a post far away in the wilder- ness. It was strcvigly built, with four bastions on the northern side of the entrance to the lake, at the head of a snug forest- fringed bay, where quite a fleet of small vessels could be sheltered from the winds. It was a very curious spectacle which was then witnessed upon this remote frontier of civilization. The unbroken wilderness, where wolves howled and bears roamed, spread in apparently unbroken gloom in all directions. The fort rose in quite massive proportions, enclosing within its palisades a number of cabins, which the garrison occupied, and which were stored with goods suitable for traffic with the natives. There was a small green meadow spread around, which was cc \:d with wigwams of every picturesque variety. Groups of Indians, of various tribes, were moving about. The warriors were painted and plumed, and many of therti very gor- geously attired. Women, young and graceful girls and little children, were clustered around the camp- fires, some with busy hands usefully employed ; 88 IIIE ADVENTURES OF LA Sax.L^. others shouting and sporting in all the varieties of barbaric pastimes. It was an instructive scene, emblematic of this fallen world. The frowning fort, with its threatening armament, proclaimed that sin had entered the world with its war and blood and misery, making man the direful foe of his brother man. The crystal stream and lake ; the azure of the overarching skies ; the bright, serene autumnal day ; the foliage, the verdure, the picturesque wigwams; the peaceful employments of the women, and the sports and shouts of the merry children, showed that our ruined Eden still retained some of those glories which em- bellished it before man rebelled against his Maker. / La Salle, on his return from Europe, in the autumn of 1678, had brought with him a select company of sailors, carpenters, and other mechanicL>. At Quebec a number of Canadian boatmen joined him. These men he sent forward to Fort Frontenac. which was now virtually his castle, with the sur- rounding territory his estate- The boats were heav- ily laden with all articles for trading with the Indians, and with all the essentials for building and rigging vessels. He soon followed them, in an open birch canoe, with one or two companions. It was a long and perilous river voyage, paddhng up the swift current of the St. Lawrence between its thousand LIFE OX THE ST. LAWRENCE. 89 islands, struggling against its rapids, and seeking for the eddies along its lonely forest-fringed shores. Several times they came near being wrecked, with inevitable death. At the close of the day it was always necessary to run the canoe ashore, to land and encamp. But with liardy men, fond of adventure, these were pleas- ures rather than pains. With their axes, in half an hour they could construct a sheltering camp. A brilliant fire would dispel all gloom, with its wide- spreading illumination. The fragrant twigs of the hemlock furnished a soft couch. Here they cooked their suppers, sang their songs, told their stories, and, free from all care, probably experienced at least as much pleasure as is usually found in parlors the most sumptuous. Indian villages were quite profusely scattered along the banks cf this majestic river. The scene was often quite exciting as the canoe of the voyagers approached one of these clusters of picturesque wig- wams in the evening twilight. The Indians were fond of the song, and the dance, and the blaze of the bonfire. The whole expanse of river, cliff, and forest, would be lighted up. Shouts of barbaric revelry echoed through the sublime solitudes. And the warrior, the squaw, and the pappoose, flitted about in all the varied employments of savage life. QO TIIK ADVEXTUKES OF LA SALLE. In those Indian wigwams, at night, the voyagers almost invariably found hospitable refuge. The Indians were generally friendly. The traffic which the French traders introduced was of inestimable value to the poor savages. And even those who were disposed to look with suspicion upon the en- croachments of the white men, were overawed by tlic thunderincrs and liijhtninGfs of their death-dealiiv^ muskets. There were fishes of delicious flavor i.n the stream, and game in great variety upon the banks. These viands, with the food they took with them, furnished breakfasts and suppers which they deemed even sumptuous. The fort was reached in safety. On the i8th of November, La Salle sent a small vessel of ten tons burden, with a deck, to go to the farther end of Lake Ontario, a distance of about two hundred miles, and to ascend the Niagara River until the falls were reached. The vessel contained about thirty workmen, with provisions and implements for erecting a fort arid building a vessel beyond the falls at the extreme eastern end of Lake Erie. Having ascended the river as far as possible, they were to transport their effects along an Indian trail, in the wilderness, several miles above the falls and the rapids, until they reached comparatively still water at the opening of the lake, Here, in mid-wlqtcr, they were to construct I LIFE OX THE ST. LAWRENCE. 9I their fortified magazine, and build a vessel for their vast inland tour through almost unknown seas, in search of the distant Mississippi. Even then this continent was so little known that many supposed that the Mississippi emptied into the Pacific Ocean, and that thus the loncf-soucrht-for route to China would be found. Only about ten years before, in the year 1669, La Salle, on an exploring tour with a party of mis- sionaries in birch canoes, had discovered these fiills. M. Galinee, in his journal of the expedition, writes: " We found a river one eighth of a league broad, and extremely rapid, forming the outlet from Lake Erie to Lake Ontario. The depth is extraordinary, for we found close to the shore, fifteen or sixteen fathoms of water. This outlet is forty miles long. It has, from ten to twelve miles above its embouchure into Lake Ontario, one of the finest cataracts in the world. All the Indians say that the river falls from a rock higher than the tallest pines. We heard the roar at the distance often or twelve miles. The fall gives such momentum to the water, that its current prevented our ascending, except with great difficulty. The current above the falls is so rapid, that it often sucks in deer and stags, elk and roebuck, endeavoring to cross the river, and overwhelms them in its fright- ful abyss." 92 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. This is the earhest description of the falls on record. At this time nearly the whole of the present State of New York was a dense, unbroken wilderness. It is very evident, that among the Indians there were, as in every community, good men and bad men. But on the whole, the condition of humanity among the savages must have been dreadful. What are wc to think of a state of society in which every man's reputation and distinction depended upon the num- ber of human scalps, torn from the slain victims by his own hands, with which he could fringe his gar- ments? On this tour La Salic visited the Seneca Indians in Western New York, where the beautiful cities of civilization and Christianity now adorn the land- scape. Here they witnessed one of the most tragic spectacles of savage life. Some warriors arrived in one of the villages with a prisoner. He was a finely formed young man, about nineteen years of age, from the Shawnee tribe residing near the Scioto River. They had clothed their victim for the sacrifice. Anxious that he should endure the tgrture as long as possible, they had treated him tenderly, that his bodily strength might not be weakened. He had been given, according to their custom, to an aged Indian woman, in place of her son w4io had been killed. It was at her option LIFE OX THE ST. LAWRENXE. 93 to adopt him or to cause him to be put to death by torture. She chose the torture. The young man was taken into a cabin adjoining that which was occupied by La Salle and Galinee. The two Frenchmen visited him in the evenin^r Three women were wailing the death of their relative who had been killed, and were heaping imprecations upon the victim through whose tortures they hoped to avenge the death of the one who had been slain. The Christians pleaded earnestly for him, and offered large rewards to obtain him as a guide to conduct them to the Ohio All was in vain. At the earliest dawn of the next morning, a group came rushing into La Salle's cabin to announce that the torture was about to commence. They went out and found the victim entirely stripped of his clothing, and so bound to a stake that he could move for a distance of two or three feet. The whole band— men, women, and children— were gath- ered exultingly around, to enjoy the cruel pastime. The poor boy well knew what he had to undergo for he had probably often assisted in similar scenes. M. Galinee was slightly acquainted with the Algonquin language ; he could hold some conversa- tion with the captive. The victim, pale and terror- stricken, entreated the Frenchmen to intercede for kirn, that his execution might be postponed until 34 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. the next day. Again they renewed their efforts to -ave the boy. They offered to pay a large amount of their most valuable effects for his ransom. But the Indians shook their heads and said, *' It is our custom : he must die." A large fire had been kindled near by. In it there was a long gun-barrel heated to a red heat. An Indian warrior, a staid, sober man, came forward with much dignity of manner, and taking the red- hot gun-barrel pressed it upon the soles of the vie- tim's feet, and moved it slowly up his legs. The ski and flesh smoked and crackled under the terribl infliction. The agony was such that the poor boy could not refrain from loud shrieks, and he was thrown into the most convulsive contortions. The savages— the stern men, the women, the girls, \he boys— were delighted. As they listened to the shrieks and witnessed the agonizing struggles of their victim, they clapped their hands, and danced and shouted in fiend-like exultation. The heated iron was passed over his whole body, from the sole of his feet to the crown of his head. There was not a spot left which was not blistered and roasted. And still they carefully avoided touching any vital point, that the horrible torture might be continued as long as possible. • • For six hours this poor creature endured every '/ -V > .-.t=^' A '■.V^ -^ Ji S3/l 7'9, '5*^^^J 3 v2( 'M 0.) I /, •r^ 1 -^ ^ /-■I -1 ^v \ u> ^^ ^i:> kN^w .C ^. ^(V: \1 ;>.••/ mmi BAv. ' ^¥' ^/^ h I, % VI M ^2!j 5i>'>^ "H^ '^' v^ ^-. J^--^^ m ^ 4iv&:^ ?v,/."' Uji^ ^w,, 'iv 'Vlu ''\ . \ \im m ^, V ■v^ ,v-)i m ^ 16S0, P'ather Hennepin, with but two companions, entered his birch canoe, to prosecute his grand and periloui EXPEDITION OF FATHER HENNEPIN. 1 29 enterprise. They were to explore unknown realms, crowded with savage tribes. They had their guns, not for attack or defence, but for taking game, with good supply of ammunition, and with several hun- dred dollars worth of goods, to conciliate the savages by presents, and to exchange with them for pro- visions. With the early dawn they commenced their voy- age. The day was fine, the river placid in its gentle flow, and the scenery, on both sides of the stream, of undulating hills, majestic forests, and wide-spread prairies, upon which herds of wild cattle were graz- ing, was picturesque and alluring in the extreme. As they rapidly descended the river, they met sev- eral parties of Illinois Indians, returning to their village at the head of the lake. Their canoes were laden with the game they had taken. The French- men and the Indians exchanged friendly greetings. The kind-hearted savages endeavored to dissuade them from their perilous voyage, assuring them, with all the wildest exaggerations of Indian superstition, that they would encounter birds as large as buffa- loes, who would carry them in their talons as an eagle seizes a rabbit ; that there were enormous beasts in the river, doubtless referring to the alliga- tors, who would dash their canoe to pieces, and flevour a man at a mouthful ; than there were rapids 130 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. and whirlpools from which they could not escape, and in which they would be surely engulfed ; and that if by any possibility they escaped, all these perils, they would fall into the hands of ferocious tribes, who would enslave them, torture them, cook them, and cat them. They entreated the Frenchmen to go back w^ith them to their village, where they could live in safety and in abundance. The two boatmen, Anthony Auguelle and Mi- chael Ako, were alarmed by these representations, and were strongly inclined to return. But Father Hen- nepin constrained them to press onward. As they descended the Illinois, they found the river deep and broad, much resembling the Seine at Paris. It would, at times, expand to nearly a mile in breadth. Large trees crowned many of the gentle eminences which lined the stream. Upon ascending the hills, a;^ they landed for their night's encampment, they gazed, with delight in the gorgeous sunset, upon the magnificent prairies spread out before them as far as the eye could reach. There is nothing which earth has ever presented more beautiful than thosc-Eden like landscapes resembling the ocean in expanse, which were thus, for the first time, unveiled to the view of civilized men. Here and there groups of trees appeared, in small groves, as if planted by the exquisite taste of EXPEDITION OF FATHER IIENXEPLV. 151 a landscape gardener. Herds of buffaloes, antelopes, and deer, grazed the herbage in countless numbers. Birds of every variety of song and plumage found here their paradise. And in these fair realms the children of Adam might have experienced joys hardly surpassed by those of their first parents in Eden, were it not for that inhumanity of man to man which has caused countless millions to mourn. To redeem this world from the curse of sin, Jesus the Son of God has suffered rnd died. And there can be no possible true happiness for the human family until the result of his mission shall be accom- plished. Our voyagers, on the seventh day of their jour- ney, having passed down the windings of the river, about two hundred miles, as they judged, came to a pleasant Indian village of about two hundred wig- wams. These Indians had an eye for beauty. Their little cluster of homes was picturesquely situ- ated upon a green plain, gently ascending from the banks of the river, which commanded a view of the water for some distance above and below. The prairie, in its grandeur, spread far and wide around. The village was about six miles above the entrance of the Illinois into the Mississippi River. The tribe was called the Maraos. The hospitable savages, who without any difificulty could have killed the French- 132 THE ADVENTURE:^ OF LA SALLE. men and have taken possession of all their goods, treated the strangers as brothers, and urged them to visit their houses. In these hospitable rites we see beautiful vestiges of the character of man before the fall. But alas! we can never meet the children of Adam anywhere, or under any circumstances, with- out soon seeing the evidence of that fall when sin entered Eden, " Earth felt the wound ; and nature from her seat, Sighing through all her works, gave signs of woe That all was lost." They heard fearful accounts of attacks by fero- cious tribes rushing down upon them, plundering, burning, killing, scalping, with mercilessness which demons could not exceed. They were expecting soon another attack, and were then upon the point of abandoning their homes and emigrating to the other side of the Mississippi, to join, for their protec- tion, another large and friendly tribe. Soon after Father Hennepin resumed his voyage, the Indians, according to his narrative, had their suspicions excited that he was conveying hatchets and guns to their enemies, either intentionally, or which might fall into their hands. They therefore sent a band of their swift-footed warriors down the river, to a narrow pass, to intercept the canoe. This could hardly be considered contrary to the laws of EXPEDITION OF FATHER lIEXXlLnX. I warfare amonc,^ civilized nations. The Indians had witnessed the h"ghtnings and thunders of the white man's guns, and the terrible energies of their death dealing-bolts. They might surely consider the canoe as freighted with goods which were contra- band of war. We know not what reason Father Hennepin had for suspecting this movement of the Indians, lie gives no proof of any such hostile desiiin. It is not improbable that his suspicions were groundless. As he approached the narrow pass where he imag- ined the warriors to lie in ambush, he saw the smoke of the camp fires ascending from a grove which crowned one of the eminences. This certainly did not indicate any secret movement. He paddled close to the other side of the river, not only without being attacked, but without obtaining even a glimpse of his imagined foes. On the 8th of March they reached tl»e Mis- sissippi River. The broad flood, a mile in width, swept majestically along, from unknown regions of the north, quite covered with floating ice. The vast masses, two or three feet in thickness, and which could not be eluded, would speedily tear their frail birch canoe into fragments. At the mouth of the Illinois there was a gentle elevation, covered with the 134 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. stately forest, which commanded a fine view of both of the rivers and of the adjacent region. Here the Frenchmen drew their canoe upon the shore, erected a camp, with open front, as a shelter from the cold north wind, built their fire, cooked their game, of which they found abundance all around, and waited patiently, four days, for the ice to run by. In the middle of the Mississippi River, nearly opposite the mouth of the Illinois, there were three small islands, covered with large trees and a dense tangled growth of brush and vines. The heads of these islands were clogged, for a long distance up the river, with the deformity of immense rafts of drift logs, stumps, and trees. They presented an exceedingly dreary aspect, swept by the freezing winds, with truly arctic masses of ice grinding by, and often ploughed up into great hillocks upon the sand-bars. At a short distance back from the river a range of hills or bluffs was seen. Between the bluffs and the river the meadow or bottom lands were often treeless, *nd evidently fertile in the highest degree. On the mDrningof the I2th of March the Missis- sippi was sufficiently clear of ice for these intrepid voyagers to venture to launch their canoe upon its surface. Slowly and cautiously they paddled u*) the EXPEDITION OF FATHER HENNEPIN. 135 stream, keeping near the shore and taking advan- tage of every eddy which could be found. Throuo-h vistas opening between the hills and woods occa- sional glimpses were caught of prairie regions be- yond, whose solitude and silence were only relieved by the spectacle of grazing herds, and thousands of birds upon the wing. There were no signs of human life. Apparently eternal silence reigned over those Eden-like solitudes, disturbed only by the lowing of the herds and the varied notes of bird songs. As they continued their voyage they came upon many islands, whose thick growth of forest trees was so interlaced with vines and undergrowth as to render them almost impenetrable. Vigorously they plied their paddles, day after day, breasting the strong current of the river, encountering no incident of importance. Every night they landed, drew their canoe upon the grass, turned it over, so as to cover its contents from the rain and the dew, built their frail shelter for the night, kindled their camp fire, whose flame is ever as companionable as it is cheer- ful, cooked their supper, which they ate with the appetite and zest which labor gives, and then, hav- ing offered their vesper prayers and chanted their ;:vening hymn, enjoyed that sweet sleep which is one of the greatest of all earthly blessings. At noon they always had a short religious exercise in their canoe. 136 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SAIJ.E. They often had mild and beautiful mornings, when the whole wide-spread scene of ciystal waters, forest, and prairie seemed illumined with almost celestial radiance. Bird songs filled the air. The prairies seemed crowded with all the varieties of animal life in peaceful enjoyment. No sights of vio- lence or suffering met the eye. No discordant sound fell upon the ear. All was beauty, harmony, and joy. The landscape resembled our imaginings of the world before the fall, when it came fresh from its Maker's hands, and all the morning stars hailed its birth. But again clouds, like marshalling armies, hurried through and darkened the sky. The tempest rose with its dirge-like wailing. The surface of the river was lashed into surges which threatened to devour them. The rain drenched them. The sleet cut their faces. Hastily they sought the shores. Fre- quently they had to paddle a great distance along the precipitous banks before they could find any place where they could land. Reaching at length the shore, they first covered their goods with the upturned canoe. Black night would already envelop them. Groping through the darkness, drenched with rain, and numbed with sleet, they would, with great difficulty, raise some frail protection against the EXPEDITION OF FATHER IIENNEriN. 1 37 storm. No fire could be kindled. No change of clothing was possible. Throwing themselves upon the wet sod, hungry, shivering, and sleepless, they would anxiously await the dawn. The cry of the lone night-bird, and the howling of wolves, would be added to the discord of the angry elements. In such hours this globe did indeed seem to be a sin-blighted world, upon which had fallen the frown of its Maker. Amid such changes and toils as these, Father Hennepin and his companions, in their frail birch ^anoe, paddled along against the strong current of the Mississippi. They breakfasted with the earliest dawn, and continued their voyage through ever-vary- ing scenes of sublimity and beauty, until late in the afternoon. Then they began to look eagerly for some sheltered nook suitable for their night's en- campment. The silence and solitude through which they passed, at times seemed pleasing, and again almost awful. For weary leagues, not a village, not a wigwam, not a solitary Indian, appeared. They seemed to be exploring an uninhabited world. The mouths of many rivers were passed, whose names were unknown to them. With feelings akin to awe, they looked up the long reaches of streams, now known by the names of the Des Moines, the Iowa, the Rock River, and the Wisconsin. They wondered v/hat scenes were 138 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. transpiring far away upon the banks of these appa- rently solitary waters. They had ascended the Mississippi several hun- dred miles, \vhen, about two o'clock in the afternoon of the nth of April, they were startled by seeing suddenly coming round a near headland, thirty large bark canoes, crowded with Indians, plumed, painted, and armed for battle. It was a gorgeous as well as an appalling spectacle. The blades of their paddles sparkled in the sunlight. The savages were dressed in tbe higliest style of barbaric splendor. Their brilliantly colored feathers, fringed garments, and highly decorated bows, war-clubs and javelins, surpassed, in picturesque beauty, any of the ordinary military trapping of civiHzed life. The moment the savages caught sight of the Frenchmen's boat, they simultaneously raised a shout or yell, which reverberated along the bank-s of the river and struck the hearts of the voyagers with dread. Escape was impossible. Resistance was not to be thought of. The little fleet of canoes, descending the river by the aid both of the current and their paddles, approached with great rapidity. Father^ Hennepin stood up in his boat and in his hand^ extended toward the savages, the calumet of pcaci.^ Speedily he was surrounded, the calumet was snatched from him, and his canoe was taken to the L Expedition of father hennepin. 139 shore, while all the others followed. During all the time the savages were raising frightful cries and yells, the signification of which, whether welcoming or threatening, could not be understood. It was prob- ably near the mouth of the Wisconsin River that this capture took place. Father Hennepin had been so long among the Indians, visiting various tribes, and had so long been accustomed to contemplate his violent death as an event which might any day take place, that he was far more tranquil in mind than most persons could have been under these circumstances. Speedily his well- trained eye recognized the chief of the savages. He presented him some tobacco, and then endeavored by signs to enter into conversation with him. The two head chiefs conferred together. They declined smoking the peace calumet, and were by no means cordial in their reception of the strangers. There was evidently a diversity of opinion among them, as to the disposition they should make of their captives. Three blows of the tomahawk wouki silence them all in death. Their bodies could be .thrown into the stream, and their canoe, with all its ^freight, of such priceless value to the savages, would ^ be in their possession. Probably some of them had visited the French forts, and knew how to use the musket, and appreciated its death-dealing power. 140 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. Already they had examined every article in the canoe. They had inspected the rifles, and counted the store of bullets and powder. Such an acquisition would aid them inestimably in the war-path upon which they had entered. The young men clamored for this decision of the question. In the mind of an untutored savage, who has never enjoyed the light of revealed religion, the dividing line between right and wrong must necessa- rily be faint. With these men, the pride of life con- sisted in the numbers of enemies they had slain. Inspired by this desire, they were now on the way to attack a neighboring tribe, to burn their homes, destroy their property, kill and scalp men, women, and children, and to take back some of the leadinr^ warriors, that they, their wives, and their children might enjoy the delight of seeing them put to death by diabolical torture. Why should they hesitate to tomahawk three white men who had crossed their path? Why not rob and murder them, when by doing so they could acquire possessions of the greatest value ? But God seems to have implanted in every human heart some sense of right and wrong, some convic- tion of responsibility to a Superior Being. So far as Father Hennepin could understand their sign lan- guage, the chiefs informed him that they were gohv^ EXPEDITION OF FATHER HENNEPIN. I4I down the Mississippi to attack a village of the Miamis on the Illinois River. The war party con- sisted of but one hundred and twenty braves. They intended to attack the village by surprise at night. In an hour they would accomplish their fiend-like deed of murder, scalping, and conflagration. Then, with their gory trophies and their prisoners, they would take to their boats and be far away up the river before there could be any rallying of the tribes in pursuit. Father Hennepin told them that the Miamis had been informed of their intended attack ; that they had abandoned their village, had fled across the Mississippi, and having joined another powerful tribe were watching for their approach. The savages on the shore surrounded their captives, and for some unknown reason frequently gave simultaneous utter- ance to the most unearthly yells. Father Hennepin affected great composure, assum- ing that he was among friends. He presented to the chiefs two large fat turkeys which he had shot com- ing up the river. Then, with his two companions, he built a fire, hung his iron kettle, and commenced boiling some venison. The Indians looked quietly on for a few minutes, and then all gathered in a ^roup to hold a council. Father Hennepin secretly watched their proceedings with the utmost anxiety. 142 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. Their speeches were accompanied with very much action. The debate was prolonged and vehement. He sufficiently understood the language of signs to perceive that they were divided in opinion, that while a part were in favor of putting them to death, others were urging that their lives should be spared. With one of his men he went to the canoe, tool: six axes, fifteen knives, and a quantity of tobacco, and advancing into the midst of the councU pre- sented them to the chiefs. He then took an axe, and bowing his head, made signs that the Indians m'^ht kill him if they wished to do so. This chivalric deed touched whatever there was of chivalry in the sav- age bosom. There was a general murmur of ap- plause. Some of them had been roasting, at a fire near by, some beaver's flesh. One of the savages ran, cut a piece of the smoking meat, and bringing it, on a plate of birch bark, with a sharpened stick for a fork, put three morsels into the mouth of Father Hennepin and his companions. As the food was very hot, the savage blew upon it to cool it. He then set the plate before them, to eat at their pleasure. Still there was a degree of restraint on the part of the Indians, which indicated that there was by no means perfect reconciliation. There was much talk- ing apart, and it was evident that the fate of the EXt^EDlTlON OP FATHEk HENNEMN. I43 prisoners was not yet decided. The representations, however, which Father Hennepin had made, induced them to rehnquish their contemplated enterprise, and to turn back from the war-path upon which they had entered. Just before night, one of the chiefs silently returned to Father Hennepin his peace calumet. This greatly increased their anx- iety, as it was inferred that it was an act renouncing friendship. Savages and Frenchmen all slept aUke on the ground and in the open air, by the side of their camp fires. There was no watch kept, and the cap- tives had no indication that they were abridged of their freedom. Still they had many fears that they were to be assassinated before the morning. The two boatmen, Auguclle and Ako, slept with their guns and swords by their sides. They declared that if attacked they would sell their lives as dearly as possible. But Father Hennepin said to them, ** I shall allow myself to be killed without any resistance. I came to announce to the savages a God, who for the world's redemption allowed Himself to be falsely accused, unjustly condemned, and cruelly crucified, without showing the least enmity to those who put Him to death. I shall imitate the example thus set me. The night passed peacefully away, and the morn- 144 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. ing of the I2th of April dawned upon this scene so wild and picturesque. As all were gathered around their camp fires, cooking their breakfasts, one of the chiefs, Narkc- toba by name — presenting a hideous aspect in his barbarian military trappings, his face and bare chest smeared with war paint — approached Father Henne- pin and asked for the peace calumet. Receiving it, he filled the cup with tobacco, and having taken a few whiffs himself, presented it to one after another of the whole band. Each one smoked the pipe, though some with evident reluctance. The French- men understood this to indicate that, for the present at least, their lives were to be spared. They were then informed that they must accompany the In- dians up the river to their own country. " I was not sorry," Father Hennepin writes, "in this conjuncture, to continue our discovery with this people.'* CHAPTER VII. Life ivith the Savages, Ascending the River with the Savages. — Religious Worship. — Abun- dance of Game. — Hardihood of the Savages. — The War- Whoop. — Savage Revelry. — The Falls of St. Anthony. — Wild Country Beyond. — Sufferings of the Captives. — Capricious Treatment. — Triumphal Fntrance. — The Adoption. — Habits of the Savages. Father Hennepin and his two companions reembarked in their canoe, and, oppressed with varied feelings of anxiety and curiosity, recom- menced their journey up the river. The thirty large canoes, filled with their captors, surrounded them. The current was rapid ; the savages were seldom in a hurry, and their progress was slow. At night they always landed and slept in the open air, unless it was stormy, when they would sometimes construct for themselves a frail shelter. The devout ecclesiastic felt in duty bound daily to say his office, as it was called, in accordance with the rules of the Catholic Church. He had his bre- viary, composed of matins, lauds, vespers, and com- pline, or last prayer at night. These exercises he scrupulously performed. The superstitious Indians, / t46 THE ADVENTUR^.S OE LA SALLE. seeing him open his book, and move his lips, imag- ined that he was practising some sort of incantation against them. Angrily they cried out against it, ex- claiming, iv their nvn lan^nac^e, " witchcraft." Michael Ako, who had no ambition to receive a martyr's crown, entreated him, if he must say his prayers, to say them in secret. " If you persist in this course," said he, ** you will so provoke the In- dians, that we shall all be inevitably killed." Au- guelle, who was more religiously inclined, joined in these entreaties, begging him to retire apart, morn- ing and evening, into the forest for his devotions. But the suspicions of the Indians were aroused. They had a great dread of diabolical influences. Whenever he entered the woods a party followed him. He could get no chance to pray out of their sight. At length he said to his companions : " I cannot dispense with my prayers, whatever may be the consequences. If we are all massacred, I shall be the innocent cause of your death, as well as of my own." To accustom the Indians to his mode of worship, he commenced chanting the litany of the Virgin. He had a well-trained, melodious voice. The In- dians were pleased with the novel strains floating over the still waters. Paddle in hand they paused to listen. Adroitly, he led them to believe that the LIFE WITH THE SAVAGES. 1 47 Good Spirit had taught him to sing, and had sent him to them for their diversion. It would seem, on the whole, that the Indians treated their captives with remarkable kindness. The canoe of the French- men was heavily laden with articles for trade, and there were but three to paddle. They therefore found it very difficult to keep up with the well-manned war canoes of the savages. The chief placed one or two warriors on board the Frenchmen's boat, to help them stem the current. It was with difficulty that the little fleet accomplished more than twenty or twenty-five miles a day. The savages were collected from various villao-es and it was quite evident that they were still divided in opinion respecting the disposition to be made of their prisoners. One of the chiefs took the French- men under his special protection. He caused them, at each encampment, to occupy the same cabin with him, or to sleep by his side. But there was another chief who clamored for their death. He had lost a son, killed by the Miamis. Every night his dismal bowlings were heard, as he wailed piteously, endeav- oring to stimulate his own passions, and to rouse his comrades to kill the Frenchmen, so as to seize their arms and avenge themselves upon the Miamis. But others, who were far more considerate, said, "If we kill or rob these Frenchmen, we shall soon I48 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. use up the few goods they have in their canoe, and no other Frenchmen will dare to visit us to bring U3 more. But, if we treat them kindly, and purchase their goods fairly, others will come, bringing a great abundance. Thus we can all sell our skins and furs, and supply the whole tribe with the things we so greatly need. As they were paddling along one day, a large flock of turkeys was seen feeding near the river. Cautiously Father Hennepin paddled near them, and one of his boatmen, taking careful aim, struck down three with a single shot. The savages, who had watched the proceeding with intense interest, were amazed. Many of them, perhaps all, had never seen a gun discharged before, though the knowledge of the arrival of the French, and the wonderful power of their guns, had been widely spread through the tribes. The canoes were all paddled to the shore. With the deepest interest they examined the dead turkeys, and reexamined the musket. The unseen bolt had struck them down at twice the distance their arrows would reach. An arrow could have killed but one. The bullet had killed three. "Manza ouacangege," exclaimed one of the chiefs, in aston- ishment, which signified. The iron has understanding' The situation of the Frenchmen was very peculiar, as they hardly knew whether the savages regarded LIFE WITH THE SAVAGES. I49 them as prisoners or not. Father Hennepin was still pursuing his original design of exploring the sources of the Mississippi. If the Indians were truly friendly, their companionship was an element of safety, and was to be desired. In order to test the question whether he was his own master, and could follow his own will, he suggested to the chief his design of turning back and following down the Mis- sissippi to its mouth. He might thus find a short passage to the Indies, though he admits that he thought it more probable that it emptied into the Gulf of Mexico, than into the Red Sea. The chiefs however, promptly signified that they could not con- sent to be thus deprived of the pleasure of his company. Though the Indians paddled all day long, with great vigor, against the current, not stopping even to eat until their night's encampment, they never seemed at all fatigued. There was an ample supply of game for food. Having reared their frail shelters, if it rained, kindled their fires and cooked their sup- pers, they invariably had a war dance, each smoking in turn the war calumet. This was distinguished from the peace calumet by different colored feathers. Their whoops and yells were hideous. And there was something indescribably mournful in the wailings of those who had lost relatives during the war. ISO THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. Fortunately for the French, all their expeditions had thus far been conducted under the control of religious men. Not an Indian had been killed or wronged by them. They had proved only great benefactors to the Indians. Had a solitary Indian been killed by any Frenchmen, these captives, in revenge, would have been put to death with tortures of the most diabolical cruelty. Had any Miami war- riors fallen into the hands of these savages, awful would have been their doom. Father Hennepin and his companions could not but shudder as they listened to the wailing yells of those who mourned their dead, and witnessed the fiend-like expression of their countenances and gestures. With the earliest dawn, after the night's encamp- ment, some one gave a whoop, which instantly brought every man to his feet. No time was lost in washing or dressing. They generally, as a measure of protection against their enemies, endeavored to encamp upon the point of an island. While some went out to hunt for game, others replenished the fires, and cooked the breakfast, while still others sought the 1 elghborlng eminences to discover whether there were any smoke or other indications of a lurking foe. They then entered their birch canoes, which they did not leave until the close of LIFE WITH THE SAVAGES. 151 the afternoon, when they landed for another night's encampment. Thus for nineteen days they continued ascend- ing the river. Father Hennepin estimated that they had made between three and four hundred miles. One afternoon, as the thirty canoes were being paddled up the stream in a long line, a large bear was seen swimming across the river, a little above them. The canoes in advance promptly surrounded him, and he was speedily killed. Upon dragging him ashore he proved to be a monster in size, and very fat. It so happened that they were opposite a very beautiful prairie. The head chief, whose name was Aguipaguetin, ordered all the canoes ashore for a grand feast. The warriors decorated themselves with paint and feathers, and after partaking of what they considered a sumptuous feast, commenced the wild orgies of the war dance, with hideous veilings and contortions. They all leaped about on the greensward of the prairie, with their arms akimbo, and violently beating the ground with their feet, in measured tread. The wailing for the dead was blended with their discordant cries. One of the chiefs who was very loud in his demonstrations of grief for his lost son, and who had previously urged putting the French- men to death, frequently in the course of the frantic I $2 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. dance approached the Frenchmen, and placing his hands on each one of their heads, uttered the most piercing dIrge-Hke cries. Father Hennepin could not understand the significance of this strange cere- mony, but he had many fears that it indicated violence to come. Hoping to conciliate the chief, he made him a very valuable present of knives, axes, beads, and tobacco in honor of the son whose loss he so deeply deplored. By these frequent presents, the small store of goods which the canoe could hold was rapidly disappearing. They were then on the borders of a wide expansion of the Mississippi resem- bling a lake. Father Hennepin gave it the name of Pepin, or the Lake of Tears, froxn the lugubrious cries of the chieftain in the funereal dance. The next day, or day after, quite a large herd of buf- aloes was seen swimming across the river. The enormous creatures, thus taken at disadvantage, were easily killed. Thirty or forty, pierced by arrows and javelins, were soon dragged ashore. The savages had another feast, from the tongues and other most delicate morsels of the animal. All the remainder was left to putrefy, or be devoured by wild beasts. The frail canoes were so crowded that there was no room to store away any game. Neither was there ♦leed Vo do so, for every day brought almost invaria- LIFE ^YITII THE SAVAGES. 1 53 biy a full supply. It required hunger, and an acquired appetite for such food, to make it palatable ; for it was eaten without bread or salt, or any other seasoning. Some days the Indians seemed very good natured. Again, with no known cause, they were morose and threatening. Even the chief who had protected them was as capricious in his conduct as a child. He would at times feed them abundantly, minister to all their wants, and caress them. Again he would allow them, in a stormy night, to be driven from his cabin, to find such shelter as they could. Usually some Indians would be placed in their canoe, to help them paddle. Again they would be left to struggle unaided against the rushing flood. The Frenchmen could not speak a word of the language of their captors, or understand a word spoken to them. It is probable that they often misunderstood the significance of signs. But there was no diffi« culty in perceiving the difference between smiles and frowns, between blessings and curses. On the nineteenth day of their navigation, the Indians reached one of their villages on the river banks. It was afterwards found that this spot was about twenty-five miles below a remarkable fall in the river, to which Father Hennepin gave, in honor of his patron saint, the name of the Falls of St. 154 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. Anthony. This hamlet, far away in the north, was a cold and clieerlcss assemblage of savage homes. The families, in the culture and comforts of life, were but slightly elevated above the brutes around them. There were several chiefs who had lost sons durincr the war. The captives were given one to each of three of them. Nominally, they were to be adopted in the place of the lost ones. In reality, they were slaves, to be driven farthest from the fire, to have the most scanty supply of food, in case of want, and in all things to endure the hardest fare. Having thus distributed their captives, the savages seized their property and divided it among them- selves. They probably did not consider this an act of robbery, but since the Frcnchmicn had been gra- ciously received as sons of the tribe, their goods should be appropriated to the public welfare. The village near the Falls of St. Anthony was but a temporary encampment. The tribe into whose hands the captives had fallen, was called Issatis. Their principal village v/as still farther up the river, nearly a hundred and fifty miles in a northwesterly direction. Probably in consequence of the innumer- able windings of the stream, they abandoned their canoes at the Falls, and commenced the journey on foot, traversing an Indian trail which led throui^h forest and moor, over orairie and mountain. It was LIFE WITH THE SAVAGES. 155 indeed a wearisome and almost fatal journey to those newly adopted into such hardships of barba- rian life. In those early days of spring, and in those high latitudes, it was often bitterly cold. There were, remaining snow drifts, and deeper clammy mud and pools of water to be waded, skimmed over with ice, and freezing storms of rain and sleet. They encountered many rivers and swollen brooks, which they were compelled either to swim or ford. These streams, flowing down from unknown regions in the north, were often encumbered with large blocks of ice. There was but little game in those dismal forests, and on those sear and bleak prairies. The savages were pitiless, and would often give but a meagre portion to their adopted breth- ren. Father Hennepen often divested himself of his clothes, bound them upon his head, and swam across these streams. Upon reaching the shore, his limbs would be so chilled and benumbed that he could scarcely stand. The blood would trickle down his body and limbs, from wounds inflicted by the sharp edges of the ice. The trail invariably led to spots where the crossings of the swollen streams were not very wide. Several of the Indians were men of gigantic stature. Father Hennepin was a tall man, but his companions were very short, and neither of them could swim. When they came to a ford where I $6 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. the water was over the heads of the short men, these tall Indians would carry them across on their shoul- ders. When all were compelled to swim, they would help the unfortunate men across on pieces of drift wood. The Indians seemed to have sinews of steel. They were alike insensible to hunger, to drenched garments, and to freezing blasts. The celerity with which they pressed on their way, astonished the Europeans, On several occasions Father Hennepin, while traversing the broad bleak prairie, was quite in despair. His trembling, tottering limbs would scarcely support his body. Once, feeling unable to take another step, he threw himself upon the ground, declaring that there he must die. The rank and withered grass of the prairie was five or six feet high. Very deliberately one of the savages set fire to the grass. It burst forth in a consuming flame. " Now," said he, "you may follow us or be burned to death." On one occasion, when Father Hennepin had thrown himself upon the ground, in utter exhaustion, one of the chiefs of the party came to him, and pull- ing up a quantity of dried grass, made a soft bed for him to lie down upon. Then seating himself by his side, he took from his pocket two pieces of wood, very dry. One was a small block of cedar, with an indentation in the centre, about two thirds of an inch LIFE WITH THE SAVAGES. 1 57 in diameter. The other was a round peg, five or six inches long, which fitted into the hole in the block. This block he placed upon his knee, and fitting the peg into the socket, spun it round with wonderful rapidity between his two palms. Soon smoke began to appear, then a few sparks were elicited, and then a gentle flame rose from the dust of the charred wood. He lighted his pipe, and after smoking for a moment, gave it Father Hennepin to smoke. He then put his hands affectionately on the Frenchman's head, and moaned and wept. What did this all mean ? Were the sympathies of the savage excited, in view of the sufferings of the white man ? Were his tears caused to flow in antici- pation of torture at the burning stake, to which he might suppose the victim to be doomed ? Or was this an act of barbarian mourning over some loved one lost in battle ? Father Hennepin could not in- terpret the deed. But he greatly feared that it indi- cated dreadful woes to come — sufferings, the thought of which was sufficient to agitate even a savage breast. After a weary journey of five days, this party of forty or fifty warriors, with their captives, approached their destined village. It was far away in the north- ern wilderness, east of the Mississippi, which majes- tic stream had there dwindled into a rivulet. They IS8 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. were near the head waters of a river, since called the St. Francis. It was indeed a dreary and savage wild which they had penetrated, and from whose glooms the captives could not expect ever to emerge. In soniC way the inhabitants of the village had heard of the approach of the warriors, and quite a number of the women and children came out to meet them. In a sort of triumphal entrance, like that of the ancient Romans, they took Auguelle, dressed him as gorgeously as they could, in Indian costume, painted his face, daubed his hair with grease, and fastened upon his head a plume of eagle's feathers, brilliantly colored. They placed a gourd in his hand, contain- ing a number of round pebbles, which he was directed to shake for music, with the accompaniment of ' 's voice, shouting a French song. The Frenchmen, in dreadful incertitude respecting their fate, were agreed in the conviction that it was good policy to do every- thing in their power to conciliate their captors. The warriors were much chagrined in returning from their expedition without a single scalp, without a single captive from their enemies, without having even struck a blow. It was necessary for them there- fore to make as much parade as they could of their French prisoners. Yet the most ignorant Indian of them all could not but perceive that there was not much to be boasted of in a hundred and twenty war- LIFE WITH THE SAVAGES. 1 59 riors having picked up three peaceful canoe men, who had made no resistance, who had never done them any harm ; who had come into their country as friends, making them rich presents, and who unde- niably desired only to do them good. They could not utter the scalp halloo, nor the yell announcing that they were bringing victims for the stake. But they made the forest resound with their war-whoops, and with their shouts of triumph. During the absence of the war party, the women and the old men had planted several stakes, and had gathered around their large quantities of dried grass, with which they intended to scorch and blister and consume the prisoners, whom they doubted not the victors would bring back. They were anticipating a grand gala day in dance and yell, as they witnessed the writhings of their victims and listened with delight to the shrieks which agony extorted. Father Hennepin and his companions were appalled as they looked at these stakes and these preparations for torture, and feared that they were to occupy the places prepared for the Miamis. They, however, concealed their fears, carefully abstained from the slightest ' dication of anxiety, and assumed that they were contented and beloved members of the tribe which had adopted them. It was about the 2 1st of April, 1680, when these l6o THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. unfortunate men, who had been cradled in France, were led into the miserable hovels of this village of savages. They were all conducted into the wigwam of the principal chief. Here, much to their encour- agement, the chief presented them his own peace calumet, to smoke. He then gave them, in a birch bark dish, some boiled wild rice, seasoned with dry whortleberries. Half-famished as the French- men were, this was by no means unpalatable food. After this feast each one was conducted to the wigwam of the Indian by whom he had been adopted. These Indians lived in different villages several miles apart. The captives now found, much to their sor- row, that they were to be separated. Father Henne- pin was adopted by the chief Aquipaguetin, and was conducted nearly three miles, often through marshes knee-deep with mud and water, till they came to a considerable stream, probably one of the upper tribu- taries of the St. Francis River. Here five wives of the chief, with their canoes, were obsequio is\y wait- ing the approach of their lord and master. A young son of the chief was also with them. The chief informed them all that he had adopted the white man in the place of the child he had lost ; and that his wives were to call him their son, and that his son was to call him brother. LIFE WITH THE SAVAGES. l6l The women paddled the canoes down the dark stream fringed with gloomy evergreens and tangled underbrush, until they came to an island upon which there was a small cluster of cabins. Here was the residence of the chief. His wigwam was large, though but a single room, and was crowded with his wives and children. Father Hennepin was imme- diately presented with some boiled fish on a birch bark plate. But he was so very weak, from exposure, toil, and emaciation, that he could not rise from the ground without assistance. The medical practice of the chief was peculiar : but either in consequence of it, or in spite of it, the sick man got well. A small hut, called a sweating cabin, was built, very tight. This was made more impervious to the air by covering it with buffalo skins. A large number of stones heated red hot were placed inside, which raised the temperature almost to that of an oven. The sick man crept in, followed by four medical practitioners. The entrance was closed. The Indians then began to wail and howl, probably to frighten off the evil spirits, who they supposed had invaded the sick man's body. At the same time they commenced rubbing their patient violently from head to foot. The perspira- tion oozed from every pore, and fell from him like l62 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. rain drops. The heat was intolerable. He nearly fainted, and was for the time greatly debilitated. This regimen was followed three times a week for two or three weeks, when, Father Hennepin writes, " I felt as strong as ever/' C^STELLAED BOCES IN THE TALIEX OF THE MISSISSIPPI. CHAPTER VIII. Escape from the Savages, Preaching to the Indians. — Studying the Language. — The Council. — Speech of Ou-si-cou-de. — The Baptism. — The Night Encamp- ment. — Picturesque Scene. — Excursion on the St. Francis. — Won- derful River Voyage. — Incidents by the Way. — Characteristics of the Indians. — Gi"eat Peril. — Strange Encounter with the Indian Chief. — Hardships of the Voyage. — Vicissitudes of the Hunter's Life. — Anecdote. — The Return Voyage. There was a singular combination of intelligence and childish simplicity developed by the Indians. Father Hennepin had a small pocket compass, of which they stood in great need. When they saw him turn the needle with a key, they were awe- stricken, and whispered to one another that it was a spirit which had become obedient to the white man's will. He had an iron pot, with three feet resembling a lion's paws. This they never dared to touch, unless their hands were covered with some robe. What could have been the cause of this senseless fear, it is impossible to imagine. The same men on other subjects would reason with great logical acumen. l64 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. The good ecclesiastic was still very anxious for the conversion of the Indians. He manifested more solicitude for their salvation, than for his own resto- ration to liberty or the preservation of his own life. He immediately entered upon the vigorous study of the language. Having learned that the phrase, '* Taket chia bihcu," meant, *' How do you call that," he commenced compiling a dictionary. He had a natural facility for the acquisition of languages, and made rapid progress. Fortunately he had paper and ink, and eagle's quills were easily obtained. Hour after hour he spent inquiring the meaning of words and the names of things. The chiefs were quite pleased in teaching him and in seeing how fast he was acquiring the power of talking with them on all familiar subjects. His writing the words was an inexplicable mystery to them. They would often question him respecting the names of things. He would refer to his memorandum and then tell them correctly. This not only surprised but seemed to overawe them. Father Louis Hennepin was called, by his two French boatmen, P^re Louis. The chief who had adopted him was one day exhibiting to some chiefs who were visiting his wigwam, this wonderful power of the white man in recalling a difficult name, by ESCAPE FROM THE SAVAGES. l6$ looking at the characters he had written. Very solemnly he said : " There must be an invisible spirit who tells P^re Louis everything we say." Neither of the other Frenchmen could write. The dress of the ecclesiastic was much more impos- ing than that of the boatmen. He was a tall, fine- looking man, ever moving with that dignity which seems instinctive in one accustomed to command. The keen-sighted Indians were not slow in recognizing his superiority of rank, and all considered him in- vested with supernatural powers. Often, when it rained as they were wishing to go hunting, they would entreat him to sweep away the clouds. His invariable reply was, pointing to the skies, ** The Great Spirit there controls all things. I have no such ability." They stood in awe of his spiritual power, and their good feelings were won by his invariable serenity and kindness. They contributed beaver skins, to the value of about one hundred dollars, which they presented to him to induce him to remain and take some wives and have a richly furnished wigwam. But he declined the present, saying : ** I did not come among you to collect beaver skins, but to teach you to love and obey the Great Spirit. I wish to live as you do, sharing your hard fare." l66 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. Very wisely he assumed that he came voluntarily among them, and that when the time came for his departure, no one would think of throwing any obstacle in his way. It was a time almost of famine with the Indians. The summer birds had not returned. Game was very scarce. There was great suffering for want of food. And these strangely inconsistent creatures, while affecting the greatest kindness, would conceal the little food they had, get up in the night and eat it secretly, leaving Pere Hennepin to the gnawings of hunger. "Although women," he writes, "are for the most part more kind and compassionate than men, they gave what little fish they had to their children, regarding me as a slave made by their warriors in their enemy's country, and they reasonably ^^referrcd their children's lives to mine." One day a deliberative council of Issati chiefs was held, to consult respecting various matters. Perc Louis, having been adopted into the tribe as the son of the head chief, attended. He could under- stand nearly all that was said. There was a very able chief, by the name of Oui-si-cou-de, who had manifested great esteem for the father. He rose and said : ** We all ought to feel indignant in view of the insulting manner in which our young men treated ESCAPE FROM THE SAVAGES. l(>7 P^re Louis on the way. They were young warriors without sense, and perhaps knew no better. They robbed him and wanted to kill him. They acted like hungry dogs, who snatch a bit of meat from the bark dish, and run. They abused men who brought us iron and merchandise, which we never had before." P^re Louis had considerable medical skill, and hau brought with him several simple remedies. Me was ever ready to attend the sick, and his success in medical practice gave him great renown. A little child was dying. According to the belief of Father Hennepin, if it should die unbaptized, it was lost. But how could he baptize the heathen child of hea- then parents. Great was his anxiety, and fervent were his prayers for enlightenment. At length his kind heart obtained the victory over his theological creed. The solemn rite was performed with deepest emotion. Giving the child, a little girl, the Christian name of Antoinette, in honor of St. Anthony, he said : ** Creature of God, I baptize thee in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost." To his great grief he could not say mass, for want of wine and the appropriate vestments, which had been taken from him. He however spread an altar cloth, which he had retained about his person, upon the body of the child. When the spirit had taken its flight, he gave the remains Christian burial. I68 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. The news of the arrival of the Frenchmen in the villages of Issati, spread far and wide through the adjacent tribes. An embassy of Indians came to visit Father Hennepin from the distance of several hundred miles in the far west. They approached him with reverence, and had many questions to ask him. They were men of high rank and dignity, and their questions indicated much thought. ** We live," they said, *' in a much milder clime, where there are immense plains and boundless prai- ries ; where herds of thousands of buffaloes roam, and where deer and turkeys and innumerable other kinds of game are found in abundance. There is no hunger there, for food can always be obtained." They expressed the earnest wish to take Father Hennepin back with them. But his own tribe were just about to set out on a grand hunting excursion, to the sunny realms of the southwest. A hundred and thirty families, and also two hundred and fifty warriors, embarked in a fleet of eighty birch canoes^ about the middle of July. The embarcation was a wondrous spectacle, such as civilized eyes have rarely beheld, and can never witness again. A canoe had been provided for the three Frenchmen. But the two Frenchmen were jealous of the extraordinary respect with which Father Hennepin was treated, and refused to take him on board. ESCAPE FROM THE SAVAGES. • 1 69 A3 thii trangc fleet in a long and straggling line descended \ lie St. PVancis River, Father Hennepin stood upon I iie banks extending his hands in a bene- (licti(jn. Two Indians, passing by in a small canoe, seeing him thus deserted, paddled ashore and took him with them. This overloaded the canoe, and it began to leak. It required constant exertion on the part of Father Hennepin to bail out the water with a small birch cup, as fast as it ran in. The canoe did not weigh fifty pounds. Great care was necessary to preserve its equilibrium, for almost the slightest irreg- ular motion of the body would upset it. At night all landed. Sleeping in the canoes, or navigating them in the dark, was impossible. Here again one of the strangest of earthly spectacles was witnessed. Beneath the gloomy pines which fringed the stream, countless camp fires were gleaming. Men, women and children were running about in all directions. Some were cooking the supper ; some, rearing frail shelters for the night. There was chat- tering and bandieJ jokes and laughter. The proud warriors, despising any menial employment, strutted about with lordly air. Michael Ako was a most graceless fellow, and it was his influence which had excluded Father Henne- pin from the canoe. But Anthony Auguclie v/as much more devoutly inclined. He was aahamed of their 170 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. conduct. In the evening he sought out Father Hennepin, and offered a poor excuse for not receiv- ing him into their canoe, saying it was so small and frail that had three been in it, it would inevitably have been swamped. The father was not deceived, though he accepted the apology. After four days' paddling down the St. Francis River, the little fleet reached its mouth, where it empties into the Mississippi. They crossed to the west shore of the great river, and encamped upon an eminence there. It was impossible for Father Hennepin to be very accurate in his estimate of dis- tances. He judged that they were then about twenty- four miles above the Falls of St. Anthony. At this spot there was a forest of birch trees, and suitable wood for canoe frames. They had com- menced the voyage with old canoes, which were frail and decayed, and in which they could not safely launch forth upon the turbulent flood of the Missis- sippi. The whole band co'^sequently encamped for several days upon this eminence, to construct new canoes. The veteran hunters wandered through the forests and over the prairies, to hunt stags, deer, and beaver. The larger boys and girls brought to the encampment their arms full of birch bark, with care- fully selected twigs for frames. The experienced women, with nimble fingers, joined the seams and ESCAPE FROM THE SAVAGES. I7I fashioned the buoyant and graceful boat. All were busy. But the hunters were unsuccessful. They brought in but little game. The whole community was fed upon thin broth, and there was but little of that. Father Hennepin, accompanied by Anthony Au- guelle, in their great hunger, wandered about search- ing for wild berries. They found but few, and those which they ate often made them sick. The surly Michael Ako refused to go with them. The tribe of Indians encamped in July, 1680, upon the Upper Mississippi, opposite the mouth of St. Francis River, numbered between four and five hundred souls. There was a great want of food in the camp. According to Father Hennnepin's esti- mate, they were about two hundred miles above the mouth of the Wisconsin River. He told the Indians that when La Salle left Cr^vecceur for Fort Frontenac to obtain supplies, he promised to send to the mouth of the Wisconsin River, a reinforcement of men, with powder and guns, and very many other articles for trafific with the Indians. They therefore consented that he should descend the river to this point, to obtain the supplies. These strange men were too polite to intimate that they distrusted his word and considered this merely a plan devised for his escape, as it probably was. They, 172 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. however, furnished him with a canoe only sufficiently large to bear him and Anthony Auguelle, with their needful luggage. By this contrivance, Michael Ako was left behind as a hostage for their return. The two Frenchmen set out, in a birch bark canoe, for this river voyage, going and returning, of four hundred miles. The only articles they could obtain to take with them, to meet the casualties of the way, were a gun, fifteen charges of powder, a knife, an earthern pot, and two robes of beaver skins, as blankets for the night's encampments. They safely reached the falls. Taking the canoe and freight upon their shoulders, they carried them along the well-trodden trail which constituted the portage. Here they found five or six of their Indian hunters. One of them had chmbed a gnarled oak tree opposite the foaming cataract, and was offering the following prayer, which Father Hennepin took down on the spot. Peculiar moans and wails, as of penitence, were blended with the prayer. *' O Thou who art a Great Spirit, grant that our nation may pass these Falls quietly without harm. Help us to kill buffaloes in abundance. May we take prisoners who shall serve us as slaves. Some of them we will put to death in thine honor. Aid us to avenge our kindred whom they have killed." At the same time this devout savage hung upon ESCAPE FROM THE SAVAGES. 1 73 the tree, as an offering to the spirit of the falls, a rich robe of fur, gorgeously fringed and embroidered with porcupines' quills, variously colored. A few miles below the falls, they met another party of four or five hunters. They were encamped upon a small island, and were feasting upon an abundance of buf- falo meat. The Frenchmen paddled ashore and joined eagerly in the repast. Scarcely two hours had elapsed ere four or five more canoes were seen descending the river. Sixteen warrior hunters of their own party leaped ashore. They seemed to be very angry. Tomahawk in hand, they knocked their cabin to pieces, and seized all the meat. Father Hennepin was astonished, and inquired what this meant. One of the warriors, who professed to be his uncle, repHed : *' These men, contrary to our laws, have gone on a buffalo hunt before the rest. Thus, while they have furnished themselves with an abundance of meat, they have frightened away the buffaloes, and left us destitue. In punishment, we have a right to strip them." The two solitary voyagers paddled down the stream, as they judged, one hundred and sixty miles. During this time they killed but one deer, which they shot as it was swimming across the river. The July heat was such that the flesh could be kept but 174 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. for a few hours. They saw many turtles. But for a long time in vain they endeavored to take one. The timid animals would plunge into the water the mo- ment they heard the least noise. At last they suc- ceeded in taking one of them. But as Father Hennc- pin endeavored to cut off the turtle's head, he came very near losing one of his own fingers in its sharp jaws. The Frenchmen were very hungry, and had paddled their canoe to the shore. While the father was endeavoring to dress the turtle to be cooked, Anthony, with his gun, went back into the prairie, hoping to shoot some game. Father Hennepin chanced to look up from his work, and behold, a gust of wind had swept the canoe from the shore out into the stream, and it was floating rapidly down on the strong current. Unless the canoe could be recovered, this would prove a terrible calamity. Not a moment was to be lost. Divesting himself of most of his clothing, he plunged into the stream, and being a strong swim- mer, soon overtook the boat. It floated buoyant as an eggshell. He could not get into it. By pushing it before him he succeeded in effecting a landing, about half a mile down stream, and quite out of sight of the spot he had left. In the meantime Anthony returned. Seeing the half-dressed turtle, and the father and the canoe both gone, he was ESCAPE FROM THE SAVAGES. 175 thrown into a dreadful panic. He could not doubt that some hostile Indians had appeared and carried them both away, and that he was abandoned to perish of starvation. He went back into the prairie, to ascend an eminence which commanded a view of the country for some distance around. Father Hennepin paddled up the stream with all possible diligence, drew the canoe well upon the shore, and had just rcclothed himself, when he saw, near by, a herd of sixty buffaloes, swimming across the river. Anthony had the only gun. The father ran back into the prairie, shouting for him with all his might. It was indeed a joyful cry which reached the ears of Anthony. Eagerly he responded to it. They sprang into the canoe, pursued the buffaloes, and succeeded in shooting one. They towed him to the bank of the river. The father paddled, Anthony holding the huge carcass by the horns. But they could not drag the creature ashore. They could only cut off the tender morsels and leave the re- mainder to float down the stream. In consequence of their great hunger they ate so voraciously, that they were both made sick, and for two days could not leave their camp. Father Hennepin writes : " Never have we more admired God's providence than during this voyage. We could not always find game. And when we did, could take but little meat 176 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. with us, as our canoe was so small, and besides, the excessive heat spoiled it. When we embarked in the morning, we seldom knew what we should have to eat during the day. But the eagles, which were very common in those vast countries, frequently dropped from their claws large fishes, v/hich they were taking to their nests ! " On the nth of July, as they were paddling down the river in search of the mouth of the Wisconsin, they were startled by the sudden appearance of a large canoe descending rapidly upon them, contain- ing eleven warriors. They proved to be the chief Aquipaguetin, and ten of his braves. This savage chieftain had been very unwilling that his adopted son should leave the tribe for this voyage, though the other Indians had given their consent. There was a frown on his brow, and severity in his tones, as he asked whether they had yet found the French- men, who were to bring the goods. They all landed and eat together. Then the chief and his party started off, leaving Father Hennepin behind, and with vigorous paddling drove their canoe rapidly down the stream. Rather menacingly the chief said that he would go to the Wisconsin River, and that if the Frenchmen were there, he would take charge of their goods. After three days* absence, he again appeared, ESCAPE FROM THE SAVAGES. 1 77 witli his canoe of warriors, on his return. He had been to the mouth of the river. There were no signs of the Frenchmen there. He came back in a very unamiable mood» Father Hennepin had landed, and was alone in a frail cabin which he had reared as a shelter from the hot sun. Anthony had gone into the prairie for food. Father Hennepin writes : ** Aquipaguetin, seeing me alone, came up tom- ahawk in hand. I seized two pocket pistols, which we had regained from the Indians, and a knife. I had no intention of killing my pretended father, but only wished to frighten him, and to prevent his kill- ing me, in case he had that intention." Probably the savage had no such murderous de- signs. He informed his adopted son that there were no Frenchmen at the Wisconsin, and none had been there, and therefore urged his return up the river. There was no alternative. But Father Hennepin and Anthony could not keep pace with the eleven- OJ: '^or rather paddled, canoe of the savages. They crept along slowly after them. They thus paddled up the swift current of the Mississippi two hundred miles, running the risk, Hennepin says, of perishing of hunger. They had but ten charges of powder left. These they divided into twenty, and succeeded in killing 178 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. some wild pigeons. At one time, for two days, they had no food whatever, though they landed and searched for game. They found a fish whose flesh was almost putrid, dropped by an eagle. With bits of this they baited two hooks, which they floated from the stern of the canoe. Father Hennepin then fell upon his knees and prayed to St. Anthony that he would come to his relief. While praying, they perceived a strain upon the lines, and running to the canoe, drew in two fishes, so large that they could with difficulty take them from the water. They broiled pieces upon the coals, and the starving men made an abundant repast. The next morning they met the remainder of the Indians whom they had left above the Falls of St. Anthony. They were descending the river, in search of more southern hunting grounds. Michael Ako was with them. He had developed want of courage and energy which excited the- contempt of the sav- ages. There was a large number of canoes, compos- ing this fleet, crowded with a motley group of men, women, and children. They had encountered herds of buffaloes, and were well supplied with food. Father Hennepin 'and Anthony again joined them, and accompanied them back down the river, as he says, about eighty leagues. But as we have before remarked, we cannot place much reliance upon ESCAPE FROM THE SAVAGES. I79 his estimate of distances. The discomforts of this voyage must have been innumerable. The crowded canoes, the loathsome personal habits of the savages, elevated but little above the beasts, the blistering midday sun, the drenching storms and showers, the cheerless encampments, often upon the open prairie with no protection whatever from wind and rain, and the food often scanty, consisting of nothing but flesh, without any seasoning, boiled in earthern pots, or broiled upon the coals, must have rendered the excursion irksome in the extreme to civilized men accustomed to the comforts of European life. In our last chapter we left the Indians, several hundred in number, in a fleet of canoes descending the upper waters of the Mississippi, in search of game. The three Frenchmen were with them. They were somewhere near the mouth of the Wis- consin River. Conscious that they were trespassing upon hunting grounds which other tribes claimed, they practised the utmost caution to elude their enemies. There were two hundred and fifty warriors, thoroughly armed with all the weapons of savage warfare, who composed the guard of the tribe. Whenever they landed, they selected a spot where they could hide their canoes in the tangled brush which often fringed the banks of the river. Some \varriors were sent to tlie toos of the adjacent emi* l80 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. nences to see if there were any indications of hostile parties in the vicinity. They then pushed back twenty or thirty miles into the prairie land, where they almost invariably found herds of buffaloes graz- ing. Without horses to aid in the pursuit, and with only arrows and javelins as w'capons, the killing of a buffalo was indeed an arduous task. Still, in the course of a few \veeks, a hundred and twenty were slaughtered. They jerked the meat ; that is, they cut it into very thin strips and hung them in the sun over a smouldering fire, so that it was both smoked and dried at the same time. One day an Indian ran a splinter far into his foot, inflicting a very serious wound. Father Hennepin made a deep incision in the sole, to draw out the wood. He was performing the painful operation, when an alarm was given, that foes were approaching the camp. The wounded Indian immediately sprang upon his feet, seized his arms and rushed to meet the enemy, regardless of his swollen, throbbing foot. The alarm proved a false one. A herd of eighty stags in the distance had been imagined to be hostile warriors. The excitement being over, it was with very great difficulty the crippled savage could hobble his way back to the camp. When Father Hennepin and Anthony Auguelle rejoined the Indians, they were again separated, and ESCAPE FROM THE SAVAGES. l8l each was taken Into the family by wliich he had been adopted. In their voyaging, as they passed from point to point in the river, there was assigned to the father the duty of conveying in his small canoe, a shrivelled Indian woman, eighty years of ' age, and three little children. These long years had not sweetened the woman's disposition. She was a terrible scold, and often threatened to beat the chil- dren with her paddle. Thus they wandered about in this successful buf- falo hunt, until the close of July, when they were returning to their village far up the St. Francis River. They were here not very far west of the western end of Lake Superior. As they were returning, two wandering members of the tribe came in, and stated that they had been to Lake Superior, that they found there five Frenchmen, and that when they told them that there were three of their countrymen with the Issati tribe, the Frenchmen were very anxious to come to them, as they could not imagine by what roundabout way they had reached those distant regions. Soon after, they met on the Mississippi River M. do Luth, with five French soldiers, descending the stream in a canoe. There is some confusion in Father Hennepin's narrative here, so that it is im- possible to ascertain at what point of the river the l82 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. two parties of Frenchmen met. On the 14th of August they i\\l reached the villages of the Issatl. As they were ascending the river they passed the grave of an Indian warrior. Many of the savages cast upon it some valuable article, in token of regard for the departed. Father Hennepin, who understood the Indians thoroughly, spread upon it a blanket. M. Luth contributed nothing. The generous act of Hennepin was exceedingly gratifying to the Indians. Soon after their return, they had a great feast, Father Hennepin and M. Luth were both present. In the midst of the entertainment one of the chiefs, who was a relative of the deceased warrior, brought in a large buffalo robe, very softly dressed, one side being brilliantly embroidered with variously colored porcupines' quills, while the curly wool remained upon the other. This robe was neatly folded, and upon it was placed a birch-bark dish filled with food. On this, as a tea-tray, he presented the dish to the father. After he had eaten the meat, the chief spread the robe over his shoulders, saying : " He whose body thou didst cover, now covers thine. He has carried tidings of thee to the land of spirits. Brave was thy act in his regard. All the nation praises thee for it." He then reproached M. Luth for not having paid any tribute of respect to the remains of the ESCAPE FROM TIIK SAVAGKS. I S3 dead. M. Luth replied that he covered the bodies only of those who were chiefs, of the same rank with with himself. The chief replied : " P^re Louis is a greater captain than thou art ; for his robe is more beautiful than thine. We have sent his robe to our allies who are distant more than three moons* journey from our country." By his robe the chief meant the rich dress, embroi- dered with 3ilver lace, which the ecclesiastic wore at mass, and which he called his ** brocade chasuble." This garment had so dazzled the eyes of the Indians, that they had appropriated it to themselves as of supernatural splendor. Toward the end of September, Father Hennepin informed the Indians that it was his wish and that of his two companions, to return with the five other Frenchmen to their own country ; and that then they would fit out expeditions laden with goods to trade with these distant tribes. The Indians gave their consent. The length of the journey to Mon- treal by the route they must take, they estimated at twenty-four hundred miles. The eight Frenchmen set out in two canoes. They paddled down the St. Francis, and the Missis- sippi to the mouth of the Wisconsin. On their way they met a fleet of one hundred and forty canoes, filled with about two hundred and fifty warriors. 1 84 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. The chiefs visited the Frenchmen, and treated them with greatest kindness. Entering the Wisconsin, they paddled up its lone and silent banks one hundred and twenty miles, as they supposed. They followed the same route which Father Marquette had previously pursued going in an opposite direction. They carried their canoes and their effec^^s on their shoulders, across a portage of a mile and a half to Fox River. Here they reembarked, following a river of wonderful windings, and through a series of magnificent and beautiful lakes, and through a country which they described as charming in the extreme, until they entered the magnificent expanse of Green Bay, at its southern extremity. They had accomplished, as they judged, about twelve hundred miles of their journey. Father Hennepin writes: " I had not celebrated mass for over nine months, for want of wine. I had still some hosts. Wc remained two days to rest, sing the Te Deum, high mass, and preach. All our Frenchmen went to con- fession and communion, to thank God for having preserved us amid so many wanderings and perils." They purchased for a gun, a canoe, large enough to contain them all. With this they paddled a hun- dred leagues, until they reached Mackinac. The blasts of approaching winter were beginning to ESCAPE FROM THE SAVAGES. iS 1 sweep these cold regions. Here they spent the winter. At this point they found, as they expected, an important military and trading post. Many Indians, even from remote tribes, were continually coming and going. Father Hennepin engaged very earnestly in preaching to the French, and in trying to teach the Indians the Gospel of Christ. They were deeply impressed with the heroism he had exhibited in his long and perilous journey. They said that the father must have been protected by the Great Spirit, for had any of the Indians attempted to go so far they would certainly have been put to death by these dis- tant tribes. Early in April, 1861, the father, with a few boat- men., set out on his long voyage to Fort Frontenac, at the extreme end of Lake Ontario. A broad belt of thick ice still fringed the shores of these northern lakes. For thirty miles they dragged their canoes over the ice of Lake Huron ; and then, as they came to thin ice, launched them upon this fresh water sea. They sailed along the lake a " hundred leagues,*' closely following the shore, landing every night, and living mainly upon white-fish, which were caught in abundance, in twenty fathoms water. They passed " The Strait " and Lake St. Clair for ** thirty leagues." In the still waters of Lake St. Clair they killed with l86 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. an axe, thirty sturgeons \»'hich had come to the shaU low waters of the banks to spawn. Near this place they came upon an Ottowa Indian chief, wan and woe-stricken, who told him that he had been unsuc- cessful in hunting, and his wife and five children had all starved to death. Emerging from ** The Strait," they entered Lake Erie, and paddled along its shores a hundred and twenty leagues. Carrying their canoes and effects upon their backs, they passed the great Falls of Niagara, and again took to the water, coasting along the southern shore of Lake Ontario. After a voyage of about ninety miles, they reached a large village of Seneca Indians, on the southern shore of the lake. It was the middle of May. These Indians had con- stant intercourse with the French in Canada, and were in cordial alliance with them. Father Henne- pin attended a council of the chiefs, accusing them of having enslaved, as he had learned by the way, several Indians of the Ottawa tribe, who were also allies of the French. The chiefs made many apolo- gies ; said that the deed had been perpetrated by some mad young warriors, and that the captives should be restored to their tribe. One of the chiefs, named Teganeot, speaking in in the name of all assembled in the council, presented Father Hennepin with several rich furs, which were :-» ESCAPE FROM THE SAVAGES. iS^ valued at about twenty-five dollars. The father ac- cepted the gift, but immediately passed it over to the son of the chief, saying : ** I give it to jou, that you may purchase such things as you need of the French traders. I cannot accept any presents. But I will report your kind feelings to the French Governor." Reembarking, they continued their voyage forty leagues, when they reached Fort Frontenac. Father Hennepin was received with great rejoicing, as one risen from the dead. After a short tarry, they again entered their canoes, and descending the rapids of the St. Lawrence, in two days reached Montreal, sixty miles distant from the fort. Here Count Frontenac resided. He was Governor of all the French possessions in the New World. ** This governor," Father Hennepin writes, ** re- ceived me as well as a man of his probity can receive a missionary. As he believed me killed by the In- dians, he was for a time thunderstruck. He beheld me wasted, without a cloak, with a garment patched with pieces of buffalo skin. He took me with him, twelve days, to recover, and himself gave me the meat I was to eat, for fear I should eat too much, after so long a diet. I rendered to him an exact account of my voyage, and represented to him the advantages of our discovery." CHAPTER IX. The Abandonment of Fort Crlvecmir, Departure of La Sulle. — Fathers Membre and (Jabriel, — Their Mis- sionary Labors. — Character of the Savages. — The Iroquois on the War Path. — Peril of the Garrison. — Heroism of Tonti and Mem- bre. — Lifamous Conduct of the Young Savages. — Flight of the Illinois. — Fort Abandoned. — Death of Father Gabriel. — Suffer- ings of the Journey to Mackinac. It will be remembered that on the last of Febru- ary, 1680, M. La Salle left the fort at Cr^vecoeur, with four Frenchmen and an Indian guide, for his perilous journey of four hundred leagues, through the pathless wilderness, to Frontenac, at the eastern extremity of Lake Ontario. His chosen companion, Lieutenant Tonti, was intrusted with the military charge of the garrison. Fathers Membr6 and Gabriel, both inspired with the noblest snirit of missionary enterprise, were appointed to instruct and, if possible, to convert the Indians. They raised a pretty capacious log-cabin, which was both their residence and their chapel. This humble sanctuary was every day crowded with Indians from various tribes. A very large Indian ABANDONMENT OF FORT CREVECCEUR. 1 89 village was on the sliorcb of Lake Peoria, about half a mile from the cabin of the missionaries. Father Membre, a true apostle of Jesus Christ, wrote an account of the momentous scenes which transpired. To his narrative we are indebted for tlie facts which we now give. One of the chiefs, Oumakouka, adopted, accord- ing to Indian custom, Father Membre as his son. He ever welcomed him to a warm seat by his wig- wam fire, and presented him with tender morseb of game. While Father Gabriel spent the most of his time in the fort with Lieutenant Tonti i. d the workmen. Father Membr^, who was soon quite famil- iar with their language, devoted much of his time to the instruction of the Indians in their wigwams. This was the arrancrement which La Salle had made. lie felt that the wild and reckless spirits in the gar- rison needed the restraints of the constant presence of their spiritual father. Individuals might otherwise be guilty of violating the rights of the Indians, and thus the whole of the little community might be involved in ruin. The large Indian village where Father Membre exerted his ministry contained a population of about eight thousand souls. There were also a large num- ber of villages within a circle of fifty miles in diameter, some of which belonged to other tribes. These the 190 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. unwearied missionary frequently visited. All these Indians made their wigwams of mats of braided flat rushes. They were tall, well formed, and very skil- ful archers. But the good father does not give a very flattering account of the characters they developed. They were genuine loafers; idle, excessively super- stitious, quarelsome, under scarcely any restraints of law, and they would steal everything upon which they could lay their hands. Their lands were exceed- ingly fertile that, with very slight labor, they had an abundance of corn. Pounded corn, mixed with water and baked in the ashes, would afford but a meagre repast in the humblest log-cabin. It wa^ deemed all- sufficient in the wigwam. All who could afford it had several wives. They were as unfeeling as brutes. If a wife displeased her lord and master, he would mercilessly cut off her nose ; and with apparently as little concern as a dog- fancier trims the ears of a terrier. United with these execrable traits of character, there were others, to which we have already alluded, which were alluring. In the summer, the men often went without any clothing, except moccasins made of buffalo hide. These poor savages were engaged in almost in- cessant wars. Even the religion of Jesus, whose great mission was to bring peace on earth and good- will to man, has not yet been able to obliterate these ABANDONMENT OF FORT CREVECCEUR. I9I sanguinary propensities from the human heart. England, France, Germany, are great slaughter- houses, where millions of men have hurled them- selves upon each other in demoniac strife. What, then, could be expected of savages. The Miamis of the north were organizing an ex- pedition against the Illinois. The rumor reached the Indian village at Crevecoeur, and created great con- sternation. Lieutenant Tonti endeavored to inspire the Indians with a spirit of defence. He taught them how to surround their village with palisades, and influenced them to build a fort with intrench- ments. Some of the French garrison, weary of the restraints of the fort, deserted, and wandered away among the Indian tribes ; and so incorporated them- selves with the savages, in dress, in war-paint, in habits, and in taking Indian wives, that it required very close scrutiny to distinguish them from the Indians. The two missionaries, conscious that there was no substantial remedy for the ills of humanity but in the regeneration of the soul which the religion of Jesus enjoined, consecrated, with increasing zeal, all their energies in the endeavor to make French- men and Indians good men, new creatures in Jesus Christ. One of the Illinois chiefs, Asapista by name, 192 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. became very strongly attached to good Father Ga- briel, and adopted him as his son. This was quite a favor. The generality of the Indians, like the pop- ulace everywhere, were exceedingly fickle. The friendship and caresses of to-day might be hatred and the tomahawk to-morrow. The adoption of a stranger into the tribe, as the son of a chief, was a great security against any sudden outburst of sus- picion, which might lead to massacre. The Gospel of Christ makes slow headway against the wickedness of man. As in our own enlightened times, the multitude h'stened, were respectful to their teachers, even reverenced them, but did not heed or obey. " With regard to conversions," Father Membrd writes, ** I cannot rely on any. There is in these savages such an alienation from the faith, so brutal and narrow a mind, such corrupt and anti-Christian morals, that much time would be needed to hope for any fruit. It is however true, that I found many of quite docile character. We baptized some dying children, and two or three dying persons who mani- fested proper dispositions. As these people are entirely material in their ideas, they would have sub- mitted to baptism, had we liked, but without any knowledge of the sacrament. During the summer, the Indians wandered about ABANDONMENT OF FORT CREVECCLUR. I93 in large hunting expeditions. The missionaries ac- companied these bands, seeking day by day opportu- nities to teach them. Father Mcmbre also visited several remote tribes. He found much to discourage him. He said that their bhndnejs and obduracy were quite indescribable. On the lOth of September, 1680, when the In- dians had generally returned from their hunting par- ties, and were loitering about in indolent groups, with nothing to do, an Indian, from an allied tribe, came rushing almost breathless into the village, with the tidings that a united army of the Iroquois and the Miamis from the north, five hundred in number, had already entered their territory, and were on the rapid march to attack their village by surprise. He also made the astounding assertion that M. La Salle himself was leading this band of hostile warriors. There was no foundation for this last statement ex- cepting that the chief of the Iroquois wore a Euro- pean coat and hat. This led the courier to think he was La Salle, whom he had seen similarly dressed. The Indians, accepting this statement, of course believed that there was treachery. Supposing the Frenchmen at Crevecoeur were prepared to join the invading army immediately upon its arrival, they resolved to to-mahawk them all. The peril of the French was great. The Indians, like children, were 194 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. apt to act first and think afterwards. The French were entirely unprepared for such a sudden change of feeling. But Lieutenant Tonti, whose presence of mind never forsook him even in the greatest perils, ran from the fort to the village, and assured the warriors that La Salle was not with their foes, and that he was ready to muster his whole force, at the garrison, with their fire-arms, and accompany the warriors to repel the enemy. This caused another change of public sentiment. All looked to the French as their deliverers. In a few hours several hundred warriors, with the French, were on the march. The arrow from the bow is but a feeble weapon compared with the bullet from rifle. The Iroquois, having had much intercourse with the French in Canada, were many of them supplied with fire-arms. They were allies of the French, and were very anx- ious to preserve friendship with them. The Illinois Indians, being more remote, had not been able to obtain the efficient European instruments of warfare. The two parties approached each other; and the Illinois, guided by Tonti, were placed in a command- ing position to resist attack. The allies were much disappointed in finding their plan of assailing the village by surprise frustrated. They paused in the march ; and the two armies for some time looked ABANDONMENT OF FORT CREVECCKUR. I95 each other in the face, neither venturing to com- mence the assault. The result of the battle was at least doubtful. So many of the Iroquois warriors were armed with muskets or rifles, and had become so skilful in the use of them that, in Indian warfare, dodging from rock to rock and from tree to tree, they were fully equal to the French. Whatever might be the result of the battle, it was certain that many on each side must be slain. Lieutenant Tonti called the chiefs of the Illinois around him, and, after quite an earnest colloquy, induced them to consent that he should go to the Iroquois chiefs and endeavor to avert hostilities^ It was a perilous enterprise. While some of the In- dian chieftains were of much moral worth, there were many savages who were miserable wretches, and over whom the chiefs had but very little control. Lieutenant Tonti, partly from necessity, par y from choice, was dressed mainly in Indian costume. As the European garments of the Frenchmen were worn out, they were constrained to supply their place with deer-skin jackets and leggins, generally painted and fringed after the fashion of the natives. Thus Lieutenant Tonti, at the council of the chiefs, in gen- eral appearance resembled the rest. But the Chris- tian Fathers always wore a long black gown. As we have mentioned, they were called by that name N 196 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. among all the tribes, **The Black Gowns." Their teachings, their ministerings at the couches of the sick and dying, their utter renunciation of the char- acter of warriors, and their self-denying devotion to the welfare of the Indians, had caused them to be generally revered. But, among the untutored tribes as in almost every village of our land, there were ** certain lewd fellows of the baser sort," who hated the clergy. Father Membrc, with that calm, peaceful Chris- tain chivalry which cannot be surpassed amidst the tumult and carnage of the field of battle, offered to accompany Lieutenant Tonti on his mission of peace. The two opposing forces were facing each other, with the space of perhaps an eighth of a mile between them. Both parties were concealed, as far as pos- sible, though occasionally the nodding plumes of a warrior were visible, as he moved from one hiding- place to another. Lieutenant Tonti, holding high above his head, as a flag of truce, the gorgeously decorated calumet of peace, accompanied by Father Membr^ in his long, flowing black robe, boldly moved forward toward the Iroquois encampment. Several of the chiefs met him, and were surprised to find that he was a Frenchman. He addressed them in their own language, in substance as follows : " I bring you the calumet of peace. The Illinois, ABANDONMENT OF FORT CkEVECCEUR. I97 agai'.st whom you arc waging war, arc our brothers. They arc the friends and alHes of the French. The great father in Canada is the protector both of the Iroquois and of the Ilh'nois. He cannot see one destroy the other." The chiefs were deeply impressed by this state- ment. It would be ruinous for them to bring down the terrible arm of the PVench power upon their nation. The French could withhold entirely from them arms and ammunition, and could supply their foes abundantly with these terrible materials of war. Such were the thoughts of the considerate chieftains. They perceived the necessity of heeding the remon- strance. But the reckless young men, who had their reputation as warriors to make, and whose hearts were glowing with the thought of returning to their village waving gory scalps as the trophies of their heroism, were resolved that there should be no peace. To render a battle inevitable they determined to kill the two envoys from the Illinois camp. A small band of these ferocious, savage young men, crept up, cautiously and unperceived, to a spot within arrow-shot of the place where the conference with the chiefs was held. Suddenly they discharged several arrows upon Tonti and Membre, which whizzed by, fortunately, without hitting them. The perfidious wretches then rushed forward, with gleam- 198 THE ADVENTUUKS OF LA SALLE. ing knives. The chiefs interposed to save those who were under the sucred protection of the calumet. One young Indian, with vigorous arm and a gleaming knife, aimed a blow at the heart of Lieuten- ant Tonti. As by a miracle, he escaped from death. The blow struck him to the ground, and the blood gushed forth from a fearful gash. But the point of the knife glanced from a rib, and did not penetrate the heart. All this was the work of an instant. The chiefs, veteran warriors, who had a reputation for honor to sustain, promptly drew their knives, sur- rounded the envoys with their protection, and drove off the assassins. Tenderly they bound up the wound of Tonti, expressed to him their grief and indignation, assured him that hostilities should cease and that they would immediately withdraw, with their warriors, back to their own village. The wounded lieutenant, aided by his clerical friend, returned to the Illinois camp, with the glad tidings that the Iroquois had consented to peace. Several hours passed, and the Iroquois bands, instead of retiring, were continually drawing nearer, in a very suspicious manner, apparently with the inten- tion of surrounding the Illinois, and cutting off their retreat. The Illinois chief held another council, and requested Father Membr^ to go back to the Iroquois AKANDONMKNT OF FOKT CIUOVFA'dlUK. I99 aiul inquire into the reason of their conduet. Father IMembrc writes : *' Tliis was not a very agreeable mission to a sav- a^i^e tribe. Nevertheless, I made up my mind, and God preserved me from all harm." The chiefs received him kindly. They were ashamed of the course which the warriors, notwith- standing their remonstrances, were pursuing. They said to him frankly : *' Our real trouble is that we are starving. We expected to find abundant food in the Illinois village, and have consumed all we brought with us. Our march has frightened away the game, so that we can expect to find but little on our return. We arc in danger of perishing for want of food." Membre brought back this message. At his sug- gestion an abundance of food was immediately sent, on many heavily-laden shoulders, to the Illinois camp. The good father accompanied this peaceful embassage, and slept in the camp of the Illinois. Still the young savages were determined, if possible, to bring on a fight. They longed for the excitement of battle. The hideous war-whoop, with the shrieks of women and children, falling beneath their toma- hawks, was music to their ears. The burning wig- wams, the mangled bodies, the bloody scalps, were pictures of beauty to their eyes. And, most glorious 200 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. of all, to their purely unangelic natures, was the tri- umphant return to their village with prisoners to run the dreadful gauntlet ; and to writhe, and perhaps be forced to scream, beneath the ficnd-likc tortures of the stake. The next morning the Iroquois warriors, instead of turning their steps homewards, flocked, in large numbers, into the village of the Ilhnois. They were evidently bent upon picking a quarrel. They swag- gered through the streets, insulted the women, trampled the corn-fields, and went even so far as to disinter, and knock about the bones of the dead. It soon became manifest to all, that a bloody conflict was inevitable. The chiefs directed all the women and children to retire as silently and un- observed as possible, and hide themselves in the for- est, behind a distant hill. Here they were in the vicinity of a trail which led quite directly to the Mis- sissippi River. If the Illinois were defeated in the battle, they could by this line of retreat, cross the Great River, and take refuge with a friendly tribe upon the other side. Then the Illinois warriors, in a body, without venturing upon an engagement, abandoned the village to the Iroquois, and com- menced a precipitate flight to the Mississippi. They were not pursued. The Iroquois chiefs would not ABANDONMENT OF FORT CKEVECCEUR. 201 lead the young men in an enterprise which they deemed so dishonorable. As we have said, the control of the chiefs over the daring and lawless spirits of the young savages was feeble. The French garrison was greatly weak- ened by death and desertion. There was much reason to fear that the savages would fall upon them, and kill them all, for the sake of the plunder they would find in the fort. There was nothing to detain the missionaries. Upon the retirement of the Iro- quois, they would be left in a lone and silent wil- derness. Lieutenant Tonti, and his two clerical associates, Fathers Membr6 and Gabriel, held a consultation, and decided upon an immediate withdrawal. It was the 13th of September, 1680. Their desire was to go back to Mackinaw, which station La Salle would necessarily revisit on his return from Frontenac, with reinforcements and supplies. Their numbers were so diminished, and their departure so hasty, that they all embarked in one frail canoe. The chiefs so far restrained the young savages, that no attack was made upon them. But the leaders of this feeble little garrison were well aware, that in all probability bands of the young men would pursue them, to lie in ambush at some narrow passage of the river, and cut them off, if possible. 202 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. They left the fort about noon, packing in their canoe only a few articles of absolute necessity. All the afternoon they plied their paddles vigorously, ascending the Illinois River, and passing through the broad expanse of Lake Peoria. Their canoe was leaky and heavily laden. The current was strong, and their passage slow. They did not venture to land until after dark, that the landing might not be seen by any foe, skulking through the forest along the banks of the river. They also took the precaution to seek their night's encampment on the side of the stream opposite that which was occupied by the Iroquois band. At an early hour the next morning they resumed their voyage, still ascending the IlHnois River. They had paddled along but a few hours, and had reached a point between twenty-five and thirty miles above the fort, when their dilapidated canoe leaked so badly, that they were forced to land, that they might repair it. They were one the borders of one of Il- linois* most beautiful prairies. The smooth and ver- dant expanse, extending to the horizon, was dotted with groves, presenting a landscape of enchanting loveliness. Father Gabriel, as he could be of no service in repairing the boat, decided to walk into one of the groves, at a little distance from the river, with his ABANDONMENT OF FORT CREVECCEUR. 203 prayer-book in his hand, that he might, alone in those lonely solitudes, worship his Creator. It was a temple for devout meditation and adoration such as no cathedral reared by man*s hand ever presented. It took all day to repair the canoe. Hour after hour passed away, and Father Gabriel did not return. His companions began to feel a little solicitude about his safety. Toward evening Father Membr^ set out in search of him. He was not in the grove. There were no traces of him to be seen. There were several groves in the distance ; and there were gentle eminences in the rolling prairie, behind which he might be concealed. The anxious father ascended one after another of these eminences, but nowhere over the vast plain could he catch any sight of the lost one. Again and again he shouted. The silence of the prairie was the only response to his cry. Greatly alarmed, he returned to his companions, who had now completed their repairs of the canoe. The whole party then set out on the search. They moved in various directions ; hallooed, and fired their guns. All was in vain. Night had settled over the prairie, when they reassembled in great despondency at the canoe. Father Gabriel was greatly loved. He was a gentle, self-sacrificing man, of kindly words and generous deeds. The party crossed the river, as a precaution 204 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. against an attack from any band of the Iroquois who might be following them. They then built a large fire, that its rays, shining far and wide over the prairie, might arrest the eye of the lost one, and guide him on his return. The morning dawned. Still there was no clue to the disappearance of Father Gabriel. The voyagers returned to the other side of the river, and lingered there until the middle of the forenoon. Lieutenant Tonti then said that it was clear that their companion had not wandered into the prairie and become lost ; for from any of the eminences he could have discerned the line of the river, nor could he have wandered so far as neither to have heard the report of their guns nor seen the light of their fire. It was certain that he had either been cut off by some prowling band of savages, or that he had decided to follow up the banks of the river on foot, intending to enter the canoe when it came along. In either case it was their duty to press forward on their journey as rapidly as possible. For a long time they heard no more of Father Gabriel. Finally they learned that some young sav- ages, of the Kikapoo tribe, who were at war with the Iroquois, were prowling about when they caught sight of the father engaged in his devotions in the grove. H is eyes were probably closed, and his whole ABANDONMENT OF FORT CREVECCEUR. 205 soul absorbed In prayer. There is one advantage which the arrow has over the bullet. It performs its deadly mission without making any noise. The wily savages, unseen and unheard, crept near, and piercing him w'ith their arrows he fell dead. They took his scalp, threw the body into a ditch, covering it with a few leaves, and fled. When they arrived at their village they very boastfully exhibited the scalp of the defenceless missionary, as that of an Iroquois warrior. To obtain this renown was the only object of the cowardly assassins in their murderous deed. Thus died Father Gabriel. He was the last scion of a noble family of Burgundy. He had renounced his inheritance, and all the brilliant prospects of a courtly life, to consecrate himself to the service of his Saviour, the Son of God. In his own country, his family name, his many virtues, and his entire devotion to the ministry upon which he had entered, had elevated him to high positions of influence and honor. All these he relinquished, after he had passed his three-score years, to proclaim the Gospel of Jesus to the savages of North America. He landed in Canada, in the summer of 1670. For some time he was employed as chaplain of Governor Frontenac. Here he was untiring in his efforts to instruct the Indians. Having become in a good degree familiar with their language and customs, he embarked with 206 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. La Salle to establish new missions in the vast and unexplored regions he was about to penetrate. The good old man was now seventy years of age. For forty years he had been earnestly engaged in preaching the gospel of peace on earth, and good ivill among men. And now the blessed hour had come when God sent his angel to take the victor in many a hard-fought spiritual conflict, to his home in heaven ; for God can convert even the wickedness of man into an agency for the accomplishment of His purposes. How sublime the scene of his departure. It was a serene, beautiful autumnal day. The deep blue of the overarching skies were embroidered, as it were, with fleecy clouds. The waters of the river, clear as crystal, flowed gently by. The luxuriant prairie, brilliant with the bloom of autumn, almost entranced the eye as a garden of the Lord. In a majestic grove the veteran Christian knelt, at peace with God, with himself, and with all the world. His eyes were closed. His hands were clasped. His soul was all absorbed in prayer. Suddenly a shower of arrows pierce him, and he falls dead ! Dead! do I say? No! He awakes to a new life of inconceivable vitahty and grandeur. A retinue of angels are there, ready to receive him. In their ABANDONMENT OF FORT CREVECCEUR. 207 blest companionship he takes his rapturous journey to the bosom of his Saviour and his God. "Oh, 'tis a glorious thing to die As dies the Christian, with his armor on." The saddened voyagers, as they phcd their pad- dles in ascending the river, all unconscious of the fate which had overtaken the beloved father, had still a journey of nearly two hundred and fifty miles before them, ere they could reach their friends. The dilapidated canoe soon failed them entirely, and they were compelled to abandon it. The remainder of the long journey was to be made on foot. Their destitution was alarming. They had no food but such as tb'^y could pick up by the way. Their cloth- ing was old, worn out, and very scant ; for they had been waiting for supplies to be brought them by La Salle. They had neither companion nor guide. The route they were to follow was in a northerly direction, through the pathless forests, and over the pathless prairies, many miles west of Lake Michigan, to the missionary station at the foot of Green Bay. Father Hennepin had left his cloak in the canoe. They cut up the garment to repair their shoes and clothes. Often, in days of storm, they wandered be- wildered and lost. They found but little game, for they were not professional hunters. Their food consisted mainly of acorns and roots. After a journey of fif- 208 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. teen days, and when almost starved, they were so fortunate as to kill a deer. Upon venison steaks they feasted luxuriously. At length they came to a little cluster of Potta- watomi wigwams. This powerful tribe occupied an extensive territory southwest of Lake Michigan. About ten years before, a delegation from the tribe had visited the French, and friendly relations were established between them. Very hospitably they received the worn, emaciate, and ragged wanderers. They fed them with such morsels as could be fished from the pots of the Indians. The wigwams were comfortable, affording ample protection from wind and rain. The weary wanderers, who were scarcely able to stand, threw themselves upon mats before the wigwam fires and slept long, long hours of rich en- joyment. Somewhat recruited by the repose of a few days, they again took up their line of march. After the endurance of great fatigue and many sufferings, they at length reached the missionary station at Green Bay. Here they were received as brothers, and here they passed the winter. Early in the spring, as soon as the ice had disappeared from the bay, Lieutenant Tonti and Father Membre set out In a canoe, with a few boatmen, for the station at Michilimackinac. After a prosperous voyage of a few days, they readied ABANDONMENT OF FORT CREVECCEUR. lOg that important point in safety. They had been there but a short time, when a small fleet of canoes came paddling into the harbor. It was about the middle of June. To their great joy they found that it was an expedition of La Salle, and that he was on board. He had a sad story to tell of disasters and sufferings, which we must reserve for our next chapter. DEEE IN AN AMERICAN rOBEST. CHAPTER X. La Salle s Second Exploring Tour, Disasters. — Energy of La Salic. — The Embarcation. — Navigating the Lakes. — Sunshine and Storm, Beauty and Desolation. — Ruins at Crevecoeur. — Steps Retraced. — Christian Character of La Salle. — Arrival at Mackinaw. — The Enterprise Renewed — Travelling on the Ice. — Descent of the Illinois River. — Entering the Mississippi. — Voyage of the Canoes. — Adventures with the Indians, It will be remembered that late in February, 1680, La Salle left Crevecoeur for Frontenac, to ob- tain supplies. We have no record of the details of that wonderful journey of four hundred lea^acs through the wilderness. He reached the post after a long and exhausting journey. There he encoun- tered tidings of disaster sufficient to crush the stoutest heart. The Griffin had foundered, when but a few days out from Green Bay. All on board perished ; and the whole of La Salle's fortune, consisting of ten thousand dollars' worth of furs, had gone down into the bottom of the lake. The rumor reached Frontenac that La Salle had perished in his vessel. He had sent quite a fleet of canoes, laden with articles for the Indian trade, to LA SALLE S SECOND EXPLORING TOUR. 2H purchase all the furs they could along the northern and southern shores of Lake Ontario. The canoe men heard the rumor of the death of La Salle, and treacherously appropriated to themselves all the goods with which they had been intrusted. Before setting out on his first excursion, he had sent to France for more goods, to the amount of five thou- sand dollars ; a very considerable sum in those days. The vessel laden with these articles, after having safely crossed the Atlantic, was driven upon one of the islands of St. Peter, and everything was lost. There was no insurance in those days ; La Salle did indeed experience the truth of the adage that *' sor- rows come in troops." Still the enterprise, energy, and noble character of the man was such that friends came to the rescue. The Governor was very desirous of continuing the exploration, to the mouth of the Mississippi, which La Salle had begun. It was his great ambition there to unfurl the banner of France, and there, in the name of his king, to take possession of the most majestic valley on this globe. Another small fleet of canoes was soon prepared, freighted with such articles, for use and traffic, as he would need on the expedition. The cano^^s, eight or ten in number, were large and strong. The party consisted of twenty-three Frenghrnen and thirty-one o 21-2 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. Indians; fifty-four, in all. The statement seems almost incredible that, of these Indians, ten were women, and three were children. But leather Ze- nobe, who accompanied the expedition, mentions tliat the Indians insisted upon taking the women, as ser- vants, to cook their food, and to perform the drud- gery at their several encampments. Some of these women had children whom they could not leave behind. It was indeed an imposing spectacle, when, at an early hour of a still, sultry summer morning, this gayly decorated fleet of canoes pushed out from the little harbor at the fort, upon the mirrored surface of Lake Ontario. It was, to a considerable degree, a national expedition. The banners of France flut- tered in the gentle breeze over all the battlements of the fort. The forests and the hills resounded with the roar of the salute from her heavy guns. Hundreds of Indians crowded the shore to witness the departure. The Frenchmen returned the salute by a discharge of their muskets and by three cheers. The canoes speedily disappeared behind a headland, as the voyagers, with their paddles, pressed forward upon one of the most extraordinary expeditions ever undertaken by man. The voyage along the southern shore of the lake proved to be veiy stormy. Again and again the LA SALLE'S SECOND EXPLORING TOUR. 21} gale and the surging billows drove them ashore. To the Indians, and to the Canadian boatmen generally, there was no hardship in this. It was the customary life of these men ; and to the Indians, the life to which they had been inured from infancy, and the only life they had ever known. Indeed the crew generally had no more thought of yesterday or to- morrow than the few dogs who accompanied them. The weight of responsibility rested only upon the minds of La Salle and his gentlemanly, highly edu- cated ecclesiastical companions. When landing, for an encampment at night, or forced to take shelter from the storm, they easily drew their canoes up upon the greensward ; turned them over to protect the freight from the rain, entered a little distance, the dense, primeval forest, which from time immemorial had fringed the shores of the lake, and there speedily reared a shelter which, to them, presented all the comforts which the palatial mansion offers to its lord. They spread their mats upon the floor. They built their camp fires, whose brilliant blaze enlivened the scene. They cooked their suppers, of corn-bread and venison steaks, which health and hunger rendered luxurious. They sang songs, told stories, cracked jokes, and enjoyed perhaps as much as the 7ne?'e animal man is capable of enjoying. 214 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. This is indeed the sunny side of such a Hfe. But it is a real siue. For such men it has a real charm ; cliarms so great that they reluctantly relinquish them for all that civilization can offer. But it must be evident to every reader of these pages, that this wandering, homeless life, has also its shady side. They, like all other men, had often occasion to say in the beautiful verse of Longfellow : " The day is cold, and dark, and dreary. It rains, and the wind is never weary, The vine still clings to the mouldering wall, At every gust the dead leaves fall, And the day is dark and dreary." La Salle left Fort Frontenac on the 23d of July, 1680, about two months before the abandonment of Crevecoeur by Tonti. In consequence of the series of storms, he was nearly three weeks in reaching the western extremity of Lake Ontario. The canoes and the goods were then carried around the falls, to the station called Fort Conti, which had been established at the head of Niagara River. He did not reach this station until about the middle of August. Fort Conti had become quite a resort of the neighboring Indian tribes for trade. Here La Salle intended to lay in fresh supplies of corn. The sea- son had been an unfavorable one. The small crop annually raised by the thoughtless, indolent savages, was still smaller than usual, affording but a scant LA SALLE*S SECOND EXPLORING TOUU. 21$ supply for the winter. The Indians were not dis- posed to sell. Many days passed away, and but little had been brought in. La Salle had quite a store of French brandy. He offered to exchange brandy for corn. The poor Indians, who would sell the clothes from their backs for intoxicating liquors, brought the corn in so abundantly, that the canoes were imme- diately filled. In one day, sixty sacks were urged upon him. On the 28th of August, 1680, the voyagers recim- barked in their canoes, and beneath sunny skies and with a smooth expanse of water before them, pad- dled joyously along the northern shores of Lake Erie, ascended the Detroit River, crossed Lake St. Clair, passed through the Straits of St. Clair, and coasted along the eastern and northern shores of Lake Huron, a distance of two or three hundred miles, until they reached the station at Mackinac, the latter part of September. The voyage from the head of Niagara River had occupied nearly a month. When the little fleet of birch canoes entered the harbor at Mackinac, Lieu- tenant Tonti, had just abandoned his dilapidated birch canoe on the Illinois River, in his retirement from the fort, and, with his few companions, was struggling on foot through the wilderness west of Lake Michi- gan, seeking also the same refuge. 2l0 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. La Salic, entirely unconscious of the disasters which had overtaken his f^arrison at Crevecceur, re- cmbarked, on the 4th of October. Following the same course he had pursued before, he paddled down the eastern coast of Lake Michigan, to the River St. Joseph. At the head of which river, it will be remembered, he Iiad erected Fort Miami, on territory inhabited by the Miami Lidians. It was a long voyage, with many obstructions from the autumnal storms, which seemed to be incessantly sweeping that bleak and harborless lake. After the tempestuous voyage of a month, he reached Fort Miami on the 3d of Novem-^er. Eleven months before, on the 3d of December, 1C79, he had left that station, on his route to the Illinois River. Le Clerc says that four men w^ere left in charge there. This is not sustained by other accounts. It is not probable that so small a number would have been left in a position so greatly" exposed. But, however this may be, he found the Miami vil- lage in ashes, and all who dwelt in it dispersed. His log fort was also in utter ruin. It was a melancholy scene which met his eye ; another indication of man's inhumanity to man. The St. Joseph's River takes its rise in Indiana. For nearly a hundred miles before it empties its flood in'-.o Lake Michigan, it flows in a course of LA SALLE'S SIXOXD EXPLORING TOUR. 21/ narrow \vindinL;s, almost directly from the south. By padcUin^ up this stream, in a canoe vo}'agc of three or four days, or about scv^cnty miles of our measurement, they came to a portac^c, five or six miles in length, by which they could reach the Kan- kakee River. This was an important tributary of the Illinois River. It will be remembered that it was by this stream that La Salle and his party, more than a year before, prosecuted their voyage to Lake Peo- ria. It was then, for much of its distance, rather a dismal stream, sluggishly winding through marshes lined with alders. Rapidly they paddled on, day after day, through a country of silence and solitude, until they entered the broader, deeper waters of Illinois River. Still, as they descended this beautiful stream, which presented as attractive situations for happy homes as perhaps earth could afford, they passed no Indian villages, no solitary wigwam, no sign what- ever of human life. They came to the site where the Indian village had formerly stood in its pictu- resque beauty, with six or eight thousand inhabi- tants swarming around, in the various costumes, and engaged in the diversified employments of savage life. Naught remained but smouldering ruins and trampled harvests. Man bitterest foe, his brother 2l8 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. man, had been there, and had left behind but the traces of desolation, blood and woe. Neither wolf nor bear could have been more merciless, or could have left behind them ravages so dreadful. The dispersion of the garrison, and the destruc- tion of all the works commenced and the stores deposited at Crevecoeur, was another blow upon the head and the heart of La Salle, apparently frus- trating all his plans. He must have experienced emotions of the keenest anguish. But this remark- able man, invincible by the reverses of fortune, pre- sented to his companions only a smiling aspect, and addressed them only with cheerful words. Having lost everything which he had expected to find at Crevecoeur, it became necessary for him to return to Mackinac. This required a journey by river, forest, prairie, and lake, of nearly five hundred miles. Immediately he re-embarked his whole force, in his canoes, and commenced the laborious ascent of the stream he had just descended so pleasantly, borne along by the aid of the current. When they reached the mouth of the Kankakee, instead of following up that stream, they struck across the country, by a portage directly north, until they reached the Chicago River. Here they again launched their canoes and followed down the wind- LA SALLE S SECOND EXPLORING TOUR. 219 ings of the stream until they came to its entrance into Lake Michigan, where Chicago now stands. At this port La Salle found fragments of many war-scathed tribes, in a half-starving condition. They informed him that the terrible Iroquois, composed of five united savage nations, and whose central power was in the vast territory south of Lake Ontario, had in overwhelming numbers invaded the valley of the Illinois. Many of their warriors were armed with guns purchased from the French. The feeble tribes fled in terror before them. The ferocious bands wandered in all directions. By day and by night the hideous war-whoop resounded. Villages were burned, captives were seized, women and children were slaughtered, and thousand of fugi- tives, war-bereaved, woe-stricken, fled to the western side of the Mississippi to seek protection by being incorporated into friendly tribes in those apparently limitless realms. Around the lovely shores of Lake Peoria there had been seventeen flourishing Indian villages. These were all destroyed, in awful scenes of confla- gration and massacre. The survivors fled beyond the Mississippi, six hundred miles from their deso- lated homes. And even to these regions the fero- cious Iroquois pursued them, thirsting for blood an i scalps. 220 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. La Salic was a Christian. He was interested in the reh'gious welfare of the poor Indians, as the only instrumentality by which they could secure for them- selves pleasant homes on earth, and happy homes in lieaven. He agreed with the missionaries, that if they wished to establish missions in those parts, with any hope of seeing Christianity make progress among the natives, they must secure them immunity from the horrors of war. This could only be done by uniting the remaining tribes in a firm union for a common defence. At the mouth of the Chicago River, La Salle was, as he thought, by the route he had taken, about one hundred and twenty miles from Lake Peoria. He reached this point probably some time in January 1 68 1. The lake, for some distance from the shore, was encumbered with ice. Fierce wintry storms swept the bleak prairies, and piled the snow in drifts. It was almost impossible to journey, either by land or water. La Salle and his party went into encamp- ment upon the banks of the Chicago River, to wait a few weeks until the severity of winter was over. At the same time, though he knew not of it, the few remaining members of the garrison which he had left at Cr^vecoeur were seeking shelter from these pierc- ing blasts, about a hundred miles north, in the wig- wams of the friendly Pottawattomies. LA SALLE^S SECOND EXPLORING TOUR. 221 La Salle and his ecclesiastical companions im- proved these few weeks of leisure in seeking inter- views with the chiefs of the various tribes in the vicinity, and in endeavoring to unite them in a strong confederacy. lie assured them that if they would thus be true to themselves, the French would become their allies and send them efficient aid. It was not until the 22d of May that he was able to launch his canoes upon the lake. There was then a voyage of about two hundred and sixty miles before him. About the middle of June his fleet of canoes was seen, coming around a point of land, as the boatmen rapidly paddled into the harbor at Michilimackinac. Here La Salle met Lieutenant Tonti, Father Membr^, and their associates, as we have mentioned in the last chapter. The good Father Membre writes : ** I leave you to conceive our mutual joy, damped though it was by the narrative he made us of all his misfortunes, and of that we made him of our tragical adventures. Though La Salle related to us all his calamities, yet never did I remark in him the least alteration. He always maintained his ordinary cool- ness and self-possession. Any other person would have abandoned the enterprise. But La Salle, by a firmness of mind and constancy almost unequalled, was more resolute than ever to carry out his discovery. 222 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. We therefore left, to return to Fort Frontenac with his whole party, to adopt new measures, to resume and complete our course, with the help of heaven, in which we put all our trust." We have no detailed account of the long voyage back to Frontenac, or of the return voyage to the mouth of the Chicago River. In the meagre narra- tives which have descended to us, there are slight discrepancies which it is impossible to reconcile. Entering Lake Michigan at its northern extremity through the Straits of Mackinac, they paddled dov/n the eastern coast, passed the mouth of St. Joseph's River, rounded the southern curvature of the lake, and reached the mouth of the Chicago River on the 4th of January, 1682. The winter in that region was short, but very severe. The Chicago River presented a solid surface of ice. Sledges were constructed, upon which the canoes were placed, and dragged by the men over the ice of the river. This journey in mid-winter, over a bleak and often treeless expanse, was slow and toilsome. Having reached the point where the portage com- menced, they dragged theif sledges, laden with the canoes, baggage, and provisions, across the portage to the Illinois River. They reached this point on the '29th of the month, having spent twenty-three days in the exhausting journey. They were, at that LA SALLE'S SECOND EXPLORING TOUR. 223 point, according to Father Membre's estimate, two hundred and forty miles from the mouth of the lUinois where it enters into the Mississippi. Drawing their sledges upon the ice, they day after day followed down the lonely and silent stream, whose banks war had desolated. They passed the smouldering sites of many former villages, where only melancholy scenes of devastation met the eye. They reached Crevecoeur about the 1st of February. It would seem that La Salle, on his previous visit, had repaired the ruins there, so as to provide a temporary home for his party upon its arrival. He found all things as he had left them. The river below Crevecoeur was free from ice. Having rested for about a week, in the enjoyment of warm fires, in their log-cabins, they launched their canoes into the Illinois River, and on the 6th of Feb- ruary reached the mouth of the river. They found the swollen flood of the Mississippi full of vast masses of ice, pouring down from the distant regions of the north. This detained them till the 13th of the month. They encamped at the same point where Father Hennepin had tarried. A short voyage of a day bore them to the mouth of turbid and turbulent Missouri. Here they landed at an Indian village, where they seem to have been very kindly received. It will be 224 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. remembered that La Salle was still intent upon find- ing some short passage across the continent, of whose width he knew nothing, to the Pacific Ocean. He was much excited by the strange tidings he heard from the Indians here. They assured him that by ascending the river ten or twelve days he would come to a range of mountains where the river took its rise; that numerous and populous Indian villages were scattered all the way along the banks of the river ; that by ascending one of the mountain eminences, he would have a view of the vast and boundless sea where great ships were sailing. We cannot now tell whether this was the mere fabrication of some imaginative savage, or whether such was the general opinion of the ribe. The next day, after a sail of about thirty miles, they reached another Indian village on the bank of the river. Here again they landed peacefully, and warmed the hearts of the savages by a few presents which w^ere to them of priceless value. They jour- neyed slowly. They could not, in their crowded canoes, carry a large amount of provisions. Conse- quently they were under the necessity of making frequent stops to catch fish or to hunt for game. Not long after this visit of La Salle, a mission was established in this little village, which was called LA SALLE'S SECOND EXPLORHTG TOUR. 225 Marou. It is said that most of them were converted to, at least, nominal Christianity. Continuing their voyage one hundred and twenty miles down the river, they came to the mouth of the Ohio. Here they made another stop to lay in fresh supplies. The friendly Indians there informed them they could find no suitable camping cyound for a distance of nearly one hundred and fifty miles, the banks were so low and so encumbered with rushes and dense brush. The voyagers remained at the mouth of the Ohio ten days, sending out parties in various direc- tions. One of the Frenchmen, Peter Prudhomme, wandering from his companions, did not return. There were many fears that he had been captured by the Indians, as some of the party had seen fresh Indian trails. The heroic La Salle was not disposed to abandon the man. He threw up some entrench- ments for the protection of his company, and de- spatched several well-armed Frenchmen, with Indian guides, to follow vigorously the trail of the savages, for the recovery^ of the captive if he had been taken by them. For four days La Salle tarried in his 'incampment at the mouth of the Ohio. On the 1st of March the detachment, sent in pursuit of the lost one, returned. They had seen and heard nothing of Peter. Five Indians, however, 22b THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. bar* been seen, two of whom were caught and brought into the camp. They knew nothing of the lost man. Receiving only friendly treatment, they seemed quite anxious that La Salle should visit their village, which they f^ilsely assured La Salle was distant but a day and a half's journey from the point where they then were. These Indians belonged to the Chickasaw tribe, which subsequently became quite prominent in the history of our land. With the Indians a day's journey was about thirty miles. La Salle and Father Membre set out to visit the village, guided by the Indians. They do not appear to have had any hesitation in thus plac- ing themselves entirely in the hands of the savages But after having travelled day and a half through a country diversified with forest, prairie, and mountain, they became satisfied that the Indians were deceiv- ing them, and charged them with it. They confessed the deception, made some lame apologies for it, and confessed that their village was still at the distance of three days' journey. Without any apparent reluctance they accompanied La Salle and Membr^ back to the camp. La Salle then sent one of the Indians to the Chickasaw village, with several presents, and to invite the chiefs to meet him some hundred miles below, as he descended in LA SALLE'S SECOND EXPLORING TOUR. 22/ his canoes. The other Indian consented to remain, and accompany his party down the river. Just as the voyagers were re-embarking, the miss- ing man appeared. He had been lost in the forest, and for nine days had wandered in the unavaiHng search for his companions. Fortunately, the wea- ther was mild, game abundant, and, as he had his gun with him, he did not want for food. Cheered by his return, they rejoicingly entered their canoes, and, with cloudless skies overarching them, pushed out into the rapid current, to be swept along through realms to them entirely unknown, and to a point they knew not where. It was a singular and a bcautful spectacle, which was presented by this flock of large birch canoes, eight or ten in number, filled witli Indians, and Frenchmen in Indian costume, gliding down the broad, swift current of the river. The paddles glis- tened with the reflected rays of the sun. All were in health. There was no toil. New scenes of mar- vellous desolation, or beauty, or grandeur, were con- tinually opening before them. They were well fed. The mind was kept in a state of delightful excite- ment. The French are proverbially good-natuied and mirthful. Each night's encampment presented a scene of feasting, bonfires and innocent joyous 228 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. revel. These were indeed sunny days, and this was the poetry of travelling. The 3d of March, 1682, came. They had then descended the river, as they judged, about one hun- dred and twenty miles below the mouth of the Ohio. They were approaching, though they knew it not, a large village of the Arkansas Indians, situated on the western banks of the Mississippi. It was concealed from them by a bluff, and by a turn in the stream. An Indian, upon the lookout on the bluff, caught sight of the formidable looking fleet, far up the river, and, supposing it to be filled with hostile savages on the war-path, gave the alarm. The whole village was instantly thrown into a state of great excitement. The women and children fled back into the forest. The warriors grasped their arms and rallied for battle. As the fleet drew near, all unconscious of the commotion it had excited, the voyagers, not seeing a single Indian, were surprised to hear, on the other side of the bluff, the yells of apparently hundreds of savages. Their piercing war-whoops were blended with the loud beatings of a kind of drum which they had fabricated. Warned by these hostile demonstrations, La Salle guided his canoes to the other side of the river, which was here about a mile in width. He landed in direct view of the village. With his LA SALLE'S SECOND EXPLORING TOUR. 229 customary caution, he immediately threw up some intrenchments, behind which his men, with their guns, could beat off almost any number of sav- ages. He knew not but that hundreds of warriors would cross the river in their canoes, to make an im- petuous assault upon him. Having thus guarded against surprise, and afforded the Indians a little time to recover from their first alarm, h< then, unarmed, advanced to the water's edge, and by friendly signs endeavored to invite some of the chiefs to come over to meet him. Several of the chiefs entered a large boat, called a periagua. It was made of the trunk of an immense tree, hollowed out, and carved and decorated with immense labor. Such a wooden canoe was capable of holding a large number of warriors. The chiefs crossed the river until they came to within a quarter of a mile of the shore, and then they stopped, and beckoned the strangers to come and meet them. La Salle sent one Frenchman, we infer from the narrative that it must have been Father Membre, in a canoe, to meet them. Two of his Indians paddled the boat, until they came alongside of the periagua of the natives. Father Membre, familiar as he was with several Indian dialects, could not speak their language. He however held out to them the calu- met of peace, which at once won their confidence ; ^30 TliE ADVENTURES O^ LA SALLE. and he found no difficulty in communicating with them by signs. He invited the chiefs to accompany him back to the encampment. They were six in number. Retaining him with them, in the large pcr- iagua, they speedily paddled ashore, followed by Membre's canoe, with the two Indian boatmen. Without any hesitancy, the six Indian chiefs en- tered into the redoubt which La Salle had thrown up. They appeared frank, unsuspicious, and cordial, and were made very happy by several presents which La Salle placed in their hands. They invited the whole party to cross the river to their village. The canoes were launched, and all crossed the stream, led by the chieftains in their wooden boat. The whole adult male population of the village crowded the banks to receive them ; and with every demonstration of friendship. But the timid women and children kept cautiously in the distance. Eight or ten large birch canoes, from which more than fifty persons landed upon the beach, presented a very imposing appearance. They were nearly all armed with guns, not for aggressive warfare, but for hunting and protection. The natives crowded around the strangers, con- ducted them up to their wigwams, which were very pleasantly situated on a rich and tolerably well cul- tivated plain extending back from the river. The LA SALLE'S SECOND EXPLORING TOUR. 23 1 guests were regaled with the greatest profusion of barbarian hospitality. These Indians had attained a very considerable degree of civilization. They had quite a large number of slaves, whom they had captured from tribes with whom they were at war. The fertile fields around were quite well cultivated with corn, beans, melons, and a variety of fruits. Peaches were abundant. Large flocks of turkeys and other domestic fowls crowded their doors. They were a very handsome race ; and it was ob- served that, while the northern Indians were generally moody and taciturn, these savages, beneath more sunny skies, were frank, generous, and gay in the extreme. ^ 'i^ CHAPTER XI. The Great Enterprise Accomplished. Scenes in the Arkansas Villages. — Indian Hospitality. — Barbarian Splendor. — Atuaciive Scenery. — The Alarm. — Its Joyful Issue. — Genial Character of La Salle. — Erecting the Cross. — Pleasant Visit to the Koroas. — The Two Channels. — Perilous Attack. — Humanity of La Salle. — The Sea Reached. — Ceremonies of Annexation. For several days La Salle and his party re- mained with their hospitable friends the Arkansas Indians. On the 14th of March, 1682, La Salle took possession of the country in the name of the king of France. He invested the ceremony with all the pomphe could command. An immense cross was raised in the centre of the village ; and the Chris- tian's God was recognized with anthems, prayers and imposing religious rites. Thousands of savages gathered around, gazing with delight upon the scene so novel to them. They had no conception of its significance. They supposed it a festival got up for their entertainment, as they would got up a war- dance to please their guests. As the cross was raised, Father Membra made some attempt to teach THE GREAT ENTERPRISE ACCOMPLISHED. 233 them the significance of this v*?mblem of the way of salvation through faith in an atoning Saviour. He writes : " During this time they showed that they rel- ished what I said by raising their eyes to heaven, and kneeling as if to adore. We also saw them rubbing their hands over their bodies, after rubbing them over the cross. In fine, on our return from the sea, we found that they had surrounded the cross with a palisade." ^^^n the 17th of the month, the explorers re-em barked, and continued their voyage down the river about eighteen miles, when they came to two other villages of the Arkansas tribe. Here they were again received with the utmost hospitality^ Continuing their sunny voyage beneath cloudless skies and upon a glassy stream for four days, they came to quite a large lake formed by an expansion of the river. This sheet of water seemed to be fringed with villages. There were forty on the east side of the lake, and thirty-four on the west side, upon its banks. All were picturesquely situated and, in the distance, pre- sented an aspect of much beauty. The houses were well built, of clay mixed with straw baked in the sun. The roofs were constructed of canes quite gracefully bent in the form of a dome. Their beds or mats were raised on wooden bedsteads, 234 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. and they had many convenient articles of household furniture. The bark of a tree furnished very fine white fibres, which they braided into blankets and other articles of dress. The head chief was an abso- lute sovereign, having the property and the lives of his subjects entirely at his disposal. A retinue of slaves attended him. He was luxuriously clothed, fed, and housed. The village of the chief was at a little distance from the banks of the lake. La Salle was quite sick, and unable to go up to the palace to pay his respects to the monarch.. He encamped upon the borders of the expanded stream, and beneath the shade of his roof sought repose upon his mat. He, however, sent Lieutenant Tonti and Father Membr^ with presents to the chief. In return, several men were sent to La Salle, munificently laden with provisions and other gifts. Soon after, the king himself appeared in regal state. First came a master of ceremonies, with six pioneers, to remove c^-uy obstruction from the way, and to make the path level for the foct of royalty. They selected a spot upon which the monarch was to give audience to his guests. The ground was carefully smoothed, and carpeted with beautiful mats. ! The monarch soon made his appearance. He was richly dressed in white robes. Two officers pre- ceded him, bearing plumes of gorgeously colored THE GREAT ENTERPRISE ACCOMPLISHED. 23$ feathers. He was followed by another official, bear- ing two large plates of copper, highly polished. The king had the bearing of a gentleman. He was grave, dignified, and courteous. Having ever been accustomed to absolute command, he had that pecu- liar air of self-possession and authority which seems to be the inheritance of those who can boast a long line of illustrious ancestry. It was the 22d day of March, 1682. The scene presented was in the highest degree picturesque and beautiful. The widely expanded lake glittered in the sunlight as placid as a mirror. The villages of the Indians, clustered so thickly along the shores, were composed of substantial dwellings, whose roofs of curved canes, thatched with thick mats, were rounded into graceful domes. The barbarian splen- dor assumed by the monarch, the group of French adventurers, with their Indian companions, gathered near by, the thousands of the Taensa tribe, men, women, and children, standing at a respectful distance, silently gazing upon the scene, the little fleet of canoes upon the beach, and the encampment hastily thrown up — these combined to open to the eye a picture of peace and loveliness, which the pencil of the most skilful artist might in vain attempt to rival. It did indeed seem then and there, as though 236 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. God had intended this for a happy world — for a world where his children might live together in paternal love, and with the interchange of the kind- liest sympathies. Though in the early spring, the foliage beneath those sunny skies was in full leaf, and the flowers in full bloom. "The whole country,'* writes Father Membrd, **is covered with palm trees, laurels of two kinds, plums, peaches, mulberry, apple, and pear trees of every variety. There are also five or six kinds of nut trees, some of which bear nuts of extraordinary size. They also gave us several kinds of dried fruit to taste. We found them large and good. They have also many varieties of fruit trees which I never saw in Europe. The season was however too early to allow us to see the fruit. We observed vines already out of blossom." The interview between the monarch and La Salle passed off very pleasantly. It was conducted mainly by signs. Smiles and presents were interchanged. For four days the voyagers remained the guests of these friendly people. They rambled through their villages, entered their dwellings, and were abun- dantly feasted. The natives seemed very amiable, quite intelligent, and were far in advance, in civiliza- tion, of the nations or tribes farther north. Father Membr^ was much pleased with their candor, and THE GREAT ENTERPRISE ACCOMPLISHED. 23/ with the clearness with which he thought they com- prehended his instructions. They readily accepted his teaching of God ; and apparently comprehended, without any difficulty, the plan of salvation through an atoning Saviour. In truth, this doctrine is apparently the most simple and the most powerful which can be pre- sented to the savage. All over the world, the neces- sity of an atonement for sin seems to be implanted in the human breast. And when the missionary teaches the savage that God, our Heavenly Father, in the person of His Son has borne our sins in His own body on the tree, the most ignorant can com- prehend it, and the most wicked can be moved by it. On the 26th of March, La Salle and his compan- ions, greatly refreshed by their delightful visit, re- sumed their voyage down the river. They descended very rapidly, by the aid of the current and the paddle. Having sailed about forty miles, thej^ saw in the dis- tance below them, a large wooden boat containing a number of Indians. The savages seemed alarmed as they caught sight of the fleet of canoes coming . down so rapidly upon them. They plied their pad- dles with all diligence, and run into the eastern shore. La Salle, with his usual caution, landed upon the opposite bank. The two parties gazed at each other across the rolling flood, a mile in width. La Salle 238 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. sent Lieutenant Tonti, in a canoe with several In- dians, to carry to the boatmen the calumet of peace. While the Indians ph'ed their paddles, he stood up in the canoe, waving toward the boatmen the plumed badge of fraternity. As Lieutenant Tonti was cross- ing the river, a large number of Indians were seen running in, from various directions, and crowding the banks. When within arrow-shot of the shore, he stopped, still presenting the calumet, which all the tribes seemed to recognize and respect. All suspicion was allayed. The savages, unap- prehensive of any treachery, crowded their periagua, and the boat and the canoe, with the inmates on terms of the kindest fellowshii^, passed over to the French on the western bank. The two parties blended as brothers. The Indians were fishermen of the Natches tribe. They had a large village about nine miles inland, east of the river. Without any hesitancy La Salle, Father Membr^, and a few others, accepted an invitation to accompany them to their village. There are some men so frank, genial, kind-hearted, that they win affection at sight. La Salle was such a man. With no special effort to make friends, his nature was such that the savage and the civilized man alike were immediately won by the fascination of his presence./ Father Membr^ gives frequent tes- THE GREAT ENTERPRISE ACCOMPLISHED. 23^ timony to these peculiar attractions of the chivalric pioneer. On this occasion he writes : *' We slept in the wigwams of these savages. They gave us as kindly a welcome as we could desire. The Chevalier La Salle, whose very air, engaging manners, and captivating mind, eveiywhere com- manded respect and love, so impressed the hearts of these Indians that they did not know how to treat us wxll enough. They would gladly have kept us with them permanently." For three days La Salle and his companions enjoyed the hospitality of these friendly natives. About thirty miles below the Natches Indians, there was another powerful tribe called the Koroas. They were friends and allies of the Natches. A courier was despatched to inform the chief of the Koroas of the arrival of the distinguished strangers, and to invite him to come and share in giving them a suit- able welcome. He hastened to Natches with an imposing retinue of his head men. They also paid prompt homage to the dignity and the attractions of La Salle. Again a cross was erected, while admiring mult: tudes gazed admiringly upon the religious and civil pomp with which the ceremony was invested. A plate was attached to the cross, upon which was engraved the arms of Louis XIV. The In- 240 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SaLLE. dians were delighted with the show, and with the memorial thus left of the visit; though they could not comprehend the significance of the rite as taking possession of their country in the name of the King of France. La Salle and his companions returned to their canoes. The Chickasaw Indian who had accompa- nied them from their encampment near the mouth of the Ohio, and which they had named Camp Frud- homme, from the man who had been lost and found there, remained at the village of the Natches Indians. The journey of a few days would take him to his own tribe. The chief of the Koroas, having invited La Salle to visit his village, embarked with his suite, in their wooden boats, and descended the river in company with the French in their birch canoes. A sail of about four hours swept them down to the village, which was called Akoroa. It was beautifully situated on an eminence, commanding a view of a wide-spread and exceedingly fertile prairie, with large fields of corn, whose spear-like leaves were already waving in the gentle breeze. The Indians were fond of ceremony. They held a council, presented the calumet, smoked the pipe of fraternity, made speeches which were but poorly understood, and exchanged presents. After a short THE GREAT ENTERPRISE ACCOMPLISHED. 24I tarry, the voyage was again resumed. The chief furnished them with a pilot, telling them that it would still require a voyage of ten days to reach the sea, and that the river broke into several channels or independent streams as it approached the Gulf. As the Indians considered thirty or forty miles a good day's voyage in descending the river, it was estimated that there was a journey of between three and four hundred miles still before them. They were also informed that there were numerous tribes upon the lower river, but that they were generally well-dis- posed. On the 2d of April, when the canoes had de- scended the river about eighteen miles below Ako- roa, the river branched into two arms or channels, with an island between, which they estimated to be one hundred and eighty miles in length. They had been directed to take the channel on the left. But it so chanced that there was a heavy river fog, and they did not see it. La Salle's canoe was in the advance, and the canoe which held the guide hap- pened to be far in the rear. Though the keen eyes of the Indian pierced the fog, and he did all in his power by signs to show them that they were wrong, the whole fleet followed its leader, and were swept along in the channel on the right. The reason why they were cautioned to take the 242 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. left branch, was that the eight or ten tribes on the western banks were friendly, and would make them no trouble, while those upon the eastern branch were ferocious, and would be likely to attack them. They soon experienced the wisdom of the advice which had been given them. On the 2d of April, when they had descended the river about one hundred and twenty miles, they saw a number of Indians on the bank of the river, fishing. The moment the savages caught sight of the fleet of canoes they fled. Immediately the forest seemed filled with the clamor of hideous war-whoops the beating of drums, and all other sounds of hos- tility. The branch of the river which they were de- scending, was here compressed into a narrow chan- nel. A dense forest fringed both banks. It was evident that there were populous villages near by, for the warriors were seen rapidly gathering, as they ran from tree to tree to get good positions to overwhelm the canoes with their arrows. The bows were very strong. The muscular arms of the Indians would throw an arrow with almost the velocity and precision of a rifle bullet. These barbed weapons would tear their way through the birch bark of the canoes as if they were but sheets of brown paper. With appalling suddenness this cloud of war THE GREAT ENTERPRISE ACCOMPLISHED. 243 was marshalling its forces. It was sufficiently men- acing to alarm the bravest heart. La Salle ordered all the boats to stop. He then sent one canoe forward, with four Frenchmen, to present the calumet of peace. They received orders not to fire upon ihe savages under any emergence. As soon as the canoe came within arrow-shot, the sav- ages, regardless of the calumet, let fly a shower of arrows upon them. Fortunately, they nearly all fell a little short, and no one was hit. With the utmost precipitation, the Frenchmen paddled back to their companions. La Salle then sent another canoe, with four Indians, bearing the calumet. They advanced with great caution, and met with the same hostile reception. He then directed the canoes to press as near the opposite bank as possible, to ply their paddles with all energy, and thus hurry by the point of peril. Humanely he ordered not a gun to be nred. He had no wish to engage in a battle in which nothing was to be gained. Very easily his sharp-shooters could cause many of those savage warriors to bite the dust , and thus lamentation and woe w^ould be sent to many of those wigwams. But this would do no good. It would not subdue the savages ; it would only exasperate them. He also remembered that he was to return, and that if the savages had received Q 24^ THE ADVKNTURES OF LA SALLE. no l.arm at his hands, their spirit of revenge would not be aroused, and it would be much less difficult to establish friendly relations with them. Though the savages yelled, and ran franticly along the shore, and threw their arrows with their utmost strength, the canoes, swept along by the rapid current, and the sinewy strength of the paddles, all passed in safety. The kind-hearted La Salle must have congratulated himself that none were left behind to mourn. He afterwards learned that this inhospitable tribe was called the Quinnipissa. They had paddled down the stream but about six miles, when they came to other and still more deplorable evidences of man's inhumanity to man. They found upon the banks the smouldering remains of a large village, which had recently been sacked and burned. It was evident that the inhabitants had been given up to indiscriminate massacre, with the exception of those who had been carried away into slavery, or to add to the revelry of a gala day, in the endurance of de noniac torture. The ground was covered with the bodies of men, women, and children, in all the loathsome stages of decay. Sadly the voy- agers rambled through these awful scenes for an hour, meeting with no living being, and then hurried on their way. This village, it was subsequently as- certained, was called Tangibao. THE GREAT ENTERPRISE ACCOM i'EISIlED. 245 Still they continued descending the liver four days longer, without meeting any incident of impor- tance. Their day's sail averaged about thirty miles. It was always necessary to land for the night's en- campment. ^They had made, as they estimated, about one hundred and twenty miles from Quinni- pissa when they came to the delta of the Mississippi. Here the majestic river divided into four branches. At this point they landed, and encamped in the midst of a dense and almost tropical forest, upon the bank, but slightly elevated above the surface of the water. Un the morning La Salle divided his fleet into three bands, one to descend each of these three branches. He took the one on the extreme right, or the western branch. Lieutenant Tonti, with Father Membre, took the middle. The eastern branch, on the left, was assigned to Mr. Dautray. Upon reach- ing the sea, the canoes on the right and left were to turn toward the centre until they should meet the party of Lieutenant Tonti, whose route to the sea, it was supposed, would be a httlc shorter than that of either of the other two. They all found the water deep and brackish, and the current very slow. After saiiing a few miles they tasted the salt of the ocean. Soon their eyes were gladdened with the sight of the open sea. It was 246 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. mild, serene, beautiful summer weather. The region, as far as the eye could reach, was low and marshy, with no landmarks. The fleets were, however, all re- united in safety. La Salle having heard the report respecting the middle and eastern channels, decided to return to the western, by which he had descended. They then ascended this branch before they could find any dry and solid ground, suitable to afford a permanent foundation for the cross of Christ and the arms of France. On the ninth of April, they were all assembled on a ridge slightly elevated, for the celebration of this all-important ceremony. First, they raised a massive column, at the ^"/Ot of which they buried a leaden plate, bearing an inscription in Latin, to the following purport: " Louis the Great Reigns. Robert, Cavalier, with Lord Tonti, Ambassador, Zenobia Membr6, Ecclesiastic, and twenty Frenchmen, first navigated this river from the country of the Illinois, and passed through this mouth on the ninth of April, sixteen hundred and eighty-two." The names of all the Frenchmen of the party were attached to this plate. La Salle then made a speech, which was carefully worded, and seems to have been recorded at that time. It was in substance as follows : ** In the name of Louis the Great, and in virtue THE GREAT ENTERPRISE ACCOMPLISHED. 247 of the commission I hold in my hand, I take posses- sion of this country of Louisiana, its seas, harbors, ports, bays, and adjacent straits ; and also of all the nations, people, provinces, cities, towns, villages, mines, minerals, fisheries, streams, and rivers, com- prised in the extent of the said Louisiana, from the mouth of the great river called the Ohio, and this vv'-lh the consent of the people dwelling therein, with whom we have made alliance ; and also of the rivers which discharge themselves therein, from the sources of the Mississippi to its mouth in the sea ; upon the assurance of all these nations that we are the first Europeans who have descended or ascended the said Mississippi. I hereby protest against all those who may in future undertake to invade any of these countries, to the prejudice of the right of his Majesty, acquired by the consent of all the nations herein named. Of this I take to witness all those who hear mc, and demand an act of the Notary as required by law." To this the whole assembly responded with shouts of Vive le Roi and with a salute of fire-arms. The civic ceremony being thus ended, the trans- action was now to be ratified with religious rites. By the side of the column, a massive cross had been erected. The devout La Salle, who was earnestly a 248 THE ADVENTURES OP^ LA SALLE. religious man, took his position at the foot of the cross, and said : ** His Majesty, Louis the Great, the eldest son of the Church, will annex no country to his crown without making it his chief care to establish the Christian religion therein. Its symbol must now be recognized." Several Christian hymns were then chanted. The sublime strains of the Te Deum resounded through the arches of the forest ; and other ceremonies of the Catholic Church were per- formed with all the pomp which the circumstances would allow. 1 Thus the great achievement was accomplished. According to the then existing law of nations, the whole valley of the Mississippi was annexed to France. It was indeed a magnificent acquisition. It is esti- mated that the kingdom of France comprises an extent not quite three hundred thousand square miles. It is judged that the valley of the Mississippi drains a region of one million square miles. Thus the pio- neer. La Salle, conferred upon France a territory more than three times as large as the kingdom of France itself. \ CHAPTER XII. TJie Return Voyage, The Numerous Alligators. — Destitution of Provisions. — Encounter^ ing Hostile Indians. — A Naval 13attle. -Visit to the Village. — I'rcochery of the Savages. — The Attack.- I lumane Conduct of La Salle. — Visit to the Friendly Taensas. — Severe Sickness of La Salle. — His Long Detention at Prudhomme. — The Sick Man's Camp. — Lieutenant Tonti sent Forward. — Recovery of La Salle. — His Arrival at Fort Miami. There was no game to be taken in the vast swamps at the mouth of the river. The provisions of the voyagers were nearly exhausted. They, how- ever, chanced to find an abandoned Indian camp, where there was a small quantity of strips of the flesh of some animal, dried in the sun. As they were eagerly eating it, the Indians who accompanied them informed them that it was human flesh. It is needless to say that they could eat no more ; though the savages, who devoured it with much gusto, de- clared that it was exceedingly delicate and savory. On the loth of April, the next day after the ceremony of annexation, they commenced their toil- some ascent of the river on their voyage back. 250 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. Enormous alligators were often met with, sunning themselves on the sand-bars. The sharp-shooters soon learned where the bullet would strike a vul- nerable point. For several days they lived mainly on wild potatoes and the flesh of alligators. The country was so low, and so bordered with almost im- penetrable canes, that they could not hunt without making long delays. At length they reached the blackened ruins and the mouldering dead of Tangi- bao. The desolation remained complete. None had returned. It was a matter of the utmost importance, appar- ently of absolute necessity, that they should lay in a store of corn. There was so much uncertainty as to hunting, that they might be many days without food, and thus perish. But a pint of corn, pounded into meal and baked in the ashes, would afford a hungry man a very nutritious dinner. And if so successful as to take some game, this bread gave great additional zest to the repast. On the thirteenth day, as they were slowly pad- dling against the stream, they saw, far away in the north, a great smoke, apparently from Indian fires. It was evidently not far from the region where the Quinnipissa Indians had so fiercely attacked them, but a few days before. Much apprehension was felt lest they should again be assailed. The passage c^ THE RETURN VOYAGE. 2$ I against the rapid current was necessarily very slow. The Indians had large wooden boats, which they could fill with warriors, and being above them on the river, could completely cut off their retreat. La Salle sent one of the canoes forward to recon- noitre. As his Indian boatmen were paddling cau- tiously along beneath the dense foliage of the banks, they caught sight of four women. Under the perilous circumstances, it was thought best to cap- ture them, if possible, and hold them as hostages for the good behavior of the tribe. This was not doing evil that good might come, for the measure was fully justifiable, in view of the attack which had been made upon them, and as the only means of prevent- ing: the effusion of blood. The men landed, and the swift runners caught the women and took them back to the fleet. It was then learned that the Quinnipissa Indians, a pecu- liarly warHke and ferocious race, had a large village but a Httle distance farther up the river. This vil- lage it was necessary to pass. There could be no doubt that the savar ^s would fiercely assail them. As they could probably bring many hundred war- riors into the conflict, and could make the attack not only from their capacious periaguas, but also from the shelter of the trees on the bank, the situa. tion of the French seemed quite desperate. 252 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. La Salle, in this emergence, drew his canoes to the shore, a httle below the village, and on the opposite bank. He hoped, by the aid of his captives, to open some communication with the foe. But the Indians had already learned of his approach. Again the hideous clamor of demoniac war was heard, as the noise of their rude drums and savage yells fell upon the ear. It was early in the afternoon of a day of almost tropical v/armth and serenity, when all the voices of nature seemed to invite man to love and help his brother. Soon quite a fleet of massive boats was seen, descending the river, each boat crowded with twenty or thirty warriors, plumed and painted, and armed with bows and arrows, javelins, and clubs. They M'ere yelling like demons, as if expecting by noise to rouse their courage to the highest point. La Salle himself, with two or three picked com- panions, pushed out in a canoe, and advanced '^o meet them. Though one or two guns were in the bottom of the canoe, to be used in case of absolute necessity, they appeared entirely unarmed — a single canoe advancing to meet a fleet. La Salle stood up and waved the calumet, the sacred emblem of peace and friendship. The savages, thirsty for blood, paid no heed to this appeal. They redoubled their yells, and like a band of desperate villains as they were, THE RETURN VOYAGE. 21:3 shot a volley of arrows toward the one canoe with its three or four unarmed occupants. With new vigor the savages plied their paddles, being now sure of the capture of the strangers. The moment for prompt and decisive action had come. The guns were heavily loaded. One of the boats, larger and more richly ornamented than the rest, contained evidently the head chief. He was a man of herculean frame, dressed in the most gor- geous of barbaric attire. As he stood up in his boat, giving orders, he presented just the target, though at a great distance, to which a sharp-shooter might direct unerring aim. La Salle ordered one of his marksmen to strike him down. After a moment's pause, there was a flash, a slight puff of smoke, a loud report, and the invisible bullet pierced the heart of the chief. The blood gushed forth in a torrent, and the warrior dropped dead in the bottom of the boat. The warriors were appalled, terrified. Never before had they heard the report of a gun. They knew not what had struck down their chief. No mis- sile had been seen. None could be found. The savages were very superstitious. They thought this must be the work of witchcraft ; that they were attacked by evil spirits, whose power was invincible. They had seen the lightning flash, and the rising, vanishing cioud. They had heard the thunder peal. 254 TUE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. iheir chief had been struck dead by some resistless bolt, at twice the distance to which any arrow could be thrown. It was folly to contend against such a foe. The next instant every one might be stricken down. They were seized with a panic. Instantly, heading the bows of their boats up the river, they fled with the utmost precipitation. La Salle returned to his companions, conscious that he had secured a truce only. He had still the the village to pass ; and the current was so strong that he must pass very slowly. It was probable that the Indians would so far recover from their conster- nation, that some of the boldest would again assail his boats, from behind sheltering rocks and trees. The frail canoes might easily ue pierced by their mis- siles, and the inmates thrown into the water. The savages would soon become accustomed to the report of the guns. Finding that rocks and trees pro- tected them from the invisible bolt, they would all be emboldened ; and thus a general and prolonged attack, following them up the river, would cause their entire destruction. The utmost wisdom was still requisite, to rescue the party from these perils. La Salle loaded one of the women with rich presents of axes, knives, and beads, and sent her across the river in one of his canoes. i3y signs he told her to inform her tribe THE RETURN VOYAGE. 255 that he wished for friendship with them ; that if they would be friendly, and bring him in a supply of corn, he would liberate his three other captives, and pay liberally for the corn, in articles which would be of great value to the Indians. The next morning a large number of Indian war- riors were seen approaching the encampment, where the Frenchmen had thrown up defences which would enable them to sell their lives dearly, were the sav- ages determined upon their destruction. La Salle, as bold as he was humane, advanced alone to meet them, presenting the calumet. The Indians assumed a friendly attitude, entered into a treaty of peace, and invited La Salle, with his party, to visit their village. They also brought him a considerable store of corn. Though their manner was such as to lead La Salle greatly to doubt their sincerity, he accepted their in- vitation, first exacting hostages to remain in the camp until his return. He took with him Father Membr(§, his invariable companion on such occasions. The mild, fearless, heroic missionary writes : ** We went up to the village where these Indians had prepared us a feast in their fashion. They had notified their allies and neighbors ; so that when we went to enjoy the banquet, in a large square, we saw a confused mass of armed savages arrive, one after another. We were however welcomed by the chiefs ; 256 THE ADVENIURES OF LA SALLE. but, having ground for suspicion, each kept his gun ready, and the Indians, seeing it, durst not attack us." Toward evening, La Salle and his companion returned to the camp, still apprehensive that the Indians meditated treachery. They released the three women, whom they made very happy, with rich presents. A careful watch was kept through the night. Before the dawn of the next morning the sentinels reported that they heard a noise, as if a multitude of men were stealthily gathering in a dense growth of canes, but a short distance from the encampment. All were instantly summoned to arms. It was a gloomy morning, very dark, with moan- ing wind and gathering clouds and falling rain. The men had but just taken their stations, behind the intrenchments which had been so prudently raised, when the shrill war-whoop burst from apparently hundreds of savage lips ; and from the impenetrable darkness a shower of arrows came whizzing through the air. They all fell harmless in and around the spot where the men stood, behind their ramparts, with muskets loaded and primed. Though the savages kept up an incessant yell, and threw their arrows almost at random into the narrow enclosure, they were so concealed by the darkness and the thick cane-brake, that not one was to be seen. The French kept perfect silence. Not THE RETURxN VOYAGE. 257 a loud word was spoken. Not a musket was fired. It was very important that every bullet should accomplish its mission and lay a warrior dead in his blood. The Indians were to be taught that every flash and peal was the sure precursor of the death or the seriour> wound of one of their number. Soon the day began to dawn. With the increasing light the savages were revealed, as they dodged from point to point. There was no random firing of the guns. Deliberate aim was taken. The savages were very cautious in exposing themselves. The Frenchmen were perfectly protected from their arrows by the rampart of logs. For two hours this strange battle raged — twenty Frenchmen against hundreds of savages. Ten Indians were shot dead. Many others were dreadfully wounded with shat- tered bones. It is probable that every bullet hit its mark. Not an arrow of the savage had drawn blood. As the sun rose, revealing the deadly fire of the guns and the utter impotence of the missiles of the Indians, the savages were again thrown into a panic, and fled precipitately. La Salle, with nearly all his force, pursued them up to the village, where, with axes, he speedily demolished all their boats, so that they could not pursue, as he should continue his voyage. His men urged him to burn the village of his treacherous foes. But he refused, saying that he 2S8 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. , '" would inflict no farther injury upon them than was absolutely necessary in self-defence. At the close of this day of gloom, battle, and blood, another night came, of darkness and rain. Enveloped in the shades of night, the French re-em- barked. Silently they passed the village. Not a savage ** opened his mouth or peeped." The storm passed away. And when the sun of another lovely morning shone down upon them, the voyagers were far beyond the reach of their cruel foes. Father McTibrt^ returned thanks to God that He had borne them, unharmed, through such great peril, and had restrained them from the exercise of any unchristian revenge. It was the morning of the 19th of April. For twelve days they continued breasting the current of the stream, as they laboriously paddled their way upward. Anxious to return to Quebec as soon as possible, with the tidings of their glorious achievement, they made no tarry at the many villages which were scattered along the banks. They often saw assemblages of Indians, who seemed to assume a hostile attitude. No attack was, however, made upon them. ! In descending the river they had a good supply of corn, and stored away quite a quantity in a cucJie. They found it, on their return, in good condition, and it furnished them with a very opportune supply. THE RETURN VOYAGE. 259 They were surprised to see how rapidly the corn in the fields matured. Fields were passed on the 29th of March, where the tender blades were just sprout- ing from the ground. And now, in less than four weeks, the corn was fit to roast. They were told that, in fif^v days from planting, it often ripened. A short tarry was made at the friendly village of the Taensa Indians, where they were again very hospitably entertained. On the 1st of May they resumed their slow and laborious voyage, and reached the Arkansas Indians about the 15th of the month. On the l6th La Salle took two light canoes, propelled by sturdy Indian rowers, and pushed on in advance of the rest of the party. He gave directions for the other canoes to follow as fast as they could. But he was taken dangerously sick on the way. A birch canoe, in which one is exposed to the rays of the noonday sun, to the chill dews of morn- ing and evening, to drenching showers and dreary days of clouds and rain, presents but few comforts to a man in sickness and suffering. He, however, suc- ceeded, after a toilsome voyage of about ten days, in reaching his old encampment, which he liad named Prudhomme, near the mouth of the Ohio River. Here his malady grew so alarming that he could go no farther. His party landed, drew their canoes up upon the grass of the prairie, repaired their K 26o THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. camp, so as to make it an effectual protection from sun and rain, spread mats upon the ground, and made the sick man, who they feared was soon to die, as comfortable as possible. In such cases a camp was generally built in the form of a shed, with the front entirely open. This camp was on the eastern side of the river, facing the majestic stream and the splendors of the setting sun. La Salle had no physician, no medicine, no tender nursing, no delicate food to tempt a failing appetite. He could only lie patiently upon his mat, and await the progress of the disease, whether it were for life or for death. The silence and solitude of the river, the prairie, and the forest surrounded him. Strange must have been his reflections in those solemn hours, when he was anticipating the speedy approach of death, upon the banks of that wonderful stream which his enterprise had caused to be ex- plored from its sources to its mouth. As in languor and suffering he reclined upon his couch, all the beauty and bloom of May, in a delightful clime, were spread around him. The silent f.ood swept by, rushing down a distance of countless leagues in the north, until, after a serpentine course of more than a thousand miles, through the most wonderful scenes of nature, and fringed with the villages of innumerable savage tribes, it was lost in the great THE RETURN VOYAGE. 26! Mexican gulf. The Indians moved about in silence, seldom exchanging a word with eacli other. They brought in game, and were continually cooking and eating at the fire, which was kept in a constant blaze in front of the camp. Two days and nights were thus passed, when, on the 2d of June, the remaining canoes of the fleet were seen in the distance, approaching the encamp- ment. They soon landed ; and the whole party, over fifty in number, presented to the eye a new scene of bustle and activity. La Salle was sinking, in the ever-increasing languor of something like ty- phoid fever. It was manifest that many days must elapse before he could leave that spot, and it was probable, in his own judgment as well as in that of all his companions, that he would there sink into that last sleep from which there is no earthly waking. In these trying hours, his serenity and trust in God did not forsake him. He called Lieutenant Tonti to the side of his couch, and directed him to take several canoes, with the larger part of the com- pany, and make his way, as vigorously as possible, up the river three hundred miles to the mouth of the Illinois River. Then, ascending that, and its upper branch, the Kaskaskias, he was to cross by the port- age to a tributary of the St. Joseph's, and paddle down those streams to Fort Miami, where the St 262 THE ADVENTURES OF LA" SALLE. Joseph empties into Lake Michigan. Thence by the lake he was to make his way to Mackinac. This required a journey of over a thousand miles. M. Tonti was furnished with documents addressed to Count Frontenac, Governor of Canada, giving a detailed account of the explorations and discoveries which La Salle had so successfully accomplished. Father Membre, with several others of the party, remained with the sick man. For more than a month the burning fever raged, and La Salle was brought to the verge of the grave. The fever then left him. For some time it was doubtful whether there was sufficient strenj^th re- maining for him to recover. Slowly he gained. After a detention of forty days, they placed him carefully upon mats, in the bottom of a canoe, and, by short stages, resumed their voyage. They left Fort Prudhomme, and, following the same track which Tonti had pursued, did not reach Fort Miami, at the mouth of the St. Joseph's River, until the end of Sep- tember. But July and August were months of delight- ful weather. The scenery, rich with forest grandeur and prairie flowers, was varied and enchanting. Game was abundant. Ripe fruit hung on many boughs. Hospitable villages were scattered along the way, where the general voyagers were invariably received with kindness truly fiaternah THE RETURN VOYAGE. 263 The motion of the canoe, as the Indians, with brawny arms, paddled over the mirrored surface of the stream, was soothing and grateful to the languid, yet convalescent patient. In the cool of the beautiful mornings they could glide along the stream for a few leagues, then shelter themselves in some shady grove from the rays of the noonday sun, and in the cool of the serene evenings, resume their voyage till the deepening twilight admonished them to seek their night's encampment. Thus pleasantly journeying. La Salle rapidly regained strength ; and when he reached Fort Miami he was restored to almost his customary vigor. He found the habitation called Fort Miami quite reno- vated by Lieutenant Tonti, and a few men left in garrison to receive him upon his arrival. Quite a cluster of Indian wigwams had also been reared there, giving a very animated and cheerful aspect to the spot. Father Membr^, in describing the scenery through which they passed, in this ascent of the Mis- sissippi and the Illinois, writes: ** The banks of the Mississippi, for twenty or thirty leagues from its mouth, are covered with a dense growth of canes, except in fifteen or twenty places where there are very pretty hills and spacious, ccnvenient landing-places. Behind this fringe of marshy land you see the finest country in the world, 264 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. Our hunters, both French and Indian, were deh'ghted with it. For an extent of six hundred miles in length, and as much in breadth, we were told there are vast fields of excellent land, diversified with pleasing hills, lofty woods, groves through which you might rfde on horseback, so clear and unobstructed are the paths. *' These little forests also line the rivers which intersect the country in various places, and which abound in fish. The crocodiles are dangerous here; so much so, that, in some places, no one would ven- ture to expose himself, or even to put his hand out of his canoe. The Indians told us that these animals often dragged in their people, wdiere they could any- where get hold of them. '* The fields are full of all kinds of game, wild cattle, does, deer, stags, bears, turkeys, partridges, parrots, quails, woodcock, wild pigeons, and ring- doves. There are also beaver, otters, and martens. The cattle of this country surpass ours in size. Their head is monstrous, and their look is frightful, on account of the long, black hair with which it is surrounded, and which hangs below the chin. The hair is fine, and scarce inferior to wool. The Indians wear their skins, which they dress very neatly. They assured us that, inland, toward the west, there arc animals on which men ride, and which carry very THE RETURN VOYAGE. 265 heavy loads. They described them as horses, and showed two feet, which were actually hoofs of horses. ** Wc observed wood fit for every use. There were the most beautiful cedars in the world. There was one kind of tree which shed an abundance of gum, as pleasant to burn as the best French pastilles. We also saw fine hemlocks, and other large trees with white bark. The cotton-wood trees were very large. Of these, the Indians dug out canoes forty or fifty feet long. Sometimes there were fleets of a hundred and fifty at their villages. We saw every kind of tree fit for ship-building. There is also plenty of hemp for cordage, and tar could be made in abun- dance. ** Prairies are seen everywhere. Sometimes they are fifty or sixty miles in length on the river front, and many leagues in depth. They arc very rich and fertile, without a stone or a tree to obstruct the plough. These prairies are capable of sustaining an immense population. Beans grow wild, and the stalks last several years, bearing fruit. The bean vines are thicker than a man's arm, and run to the top of the highest trees. Peach trees are abundant, and bear fruit equal to the best which can be found in France. They arc often so loaded, in the gar- dens of the Indiatis, that they have to prop up the branches. There are whole forests of mulberries, 2C6 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. whose ripened fruit we began to eat in the month of May. riums are found in great variety, many of which are not known in Europe. Grapevines and pomegranates arc common. Three or four crops of corn can be raised in a year. '' The Indian tribes, though savage, seem generally amiable, affable, and obliging. They have no true idea of religion by a regular worship. Tribes sepa- rated by not more than thirty miles, speak a different kmguagc. And yet they manage to understand each other. There is always some interpreter of one na- tion residing in another, when they are alhes, and who acts as a kind of consuL They are very differ- ent from our Canada Indians, in their houses, dress, manners, inclinations, and customs. They have large pubhc squares, games, assemblies. They seem mirthful and full of vivacity. Their chiefs have abso- lute authority. No one would dare to pass between the chief and the cane torch which burns in his cabin, and is carried before him when he goes out. All make a circuit around it with some ceremony. The chiefs have servants and officers, who follow them and wait upon them everywhere. The chiefs distribute their favors at will. In a word, we gener- ally found them to be men. We saw none who knew the use of fire-arms. They had no iron or steel articles, using only stone knives and hatchets." THE RETURN VOYAGE. 2u; This wonderful expedition was accomplished without the loss of a single life, on the part of the voyagers. Not one was even wounded. Father Membrc attributes this, next to God's goodness, to the tact and wisdom manifested by La Salle. As to the missionary fruits of this enterprise, the devoted ecclesiastic writes: " I will say nothing here of conversions. For- merly the apostles had but to enter a country, when on the first publication of the Gospel, conversions were seen. I am but a miserable sinner, infinitely destitute of the merits of the apostles. We must acknowledge that these miraculous ways of grace are not attached to the exercise of our ministry. God employs an ordinary and comm.on way, following which, I contented myself with announcing, as well as I could, the principal truths of Christianity to the nations I met. The Illinois language served me for about three hundred miles down the river. I made the rest understand by gestures, and some term in their dialect which I Insensibly picked up. But I cannot say that my feeble efforts produced certain fruits. With regard to these people, perhaps some one, by a secret effect of grace, has profited. God only knows. All we have done has been to see the state of these tribes, and to open the way to the Gospel, and to missionaries." CHAPTER XIII. Sea Voyage to iJic Gulf of Mexico, La Salle returns to Quebec. — Sails for France. — Assailed by Cal- umny. — The Naval Expedition, — Its Object. — Its Equipment. — Disagreement between La Salle and Beaujeu. — The Voyage to the West Indies. — Adventures in the Caribbean vSea. — They Enter the Gulf. — Storms and Calms. — The Voyagers Lost. FatiiEi; Membre's journal abruptly terminates with the arrival of the party at Fort Miami. We have no detailed account of the adventures of La Salle durin;?" the next ei":ht or ten months. We learn incidentally, that Father Membre was sent to Quebec, and thence to France, to convey to the court the tidings of the great discovery, and of the annexation of truly imperial realms to the kingdom of Louis XIV. On the 8th of October, Father Membre left Fort Miami for Quebec. Thence he sailed with Governor Frontenac for France, where he arrived before the close of the year. La Salle re- mained with the Miami and the Illinois Indians, prob- ably retrieving his fallen fortunes by extensive traffic in furs, of which he had, at the time, a monoply con- ferred upon him by the king. SEA VOYAGE TO THE GULF OF MEXICO. 269 At length, in the autumn of 1683, he also re- turned to Quebec, and sailed for France, landing at Rochelle on the 13th of December. No man can, in this world, accomplish great results without exposing himself to malignant attacks. Bitter enemies assailed La Salle with venomous hostility. Their hostility was excited by the monopoly of the fur trade, which he enjoyed over all the vast regions he had explored. They despatched atrocious charges against him to the government, denouncing him as a robber, and denying the discoveries which he professed to have made. But Governor Frontenac and Father Mem- br(5 were both at Versailles, and La Salle's cause was not seriously injured by these malignant charges. It was the chevalier's object, in this his return to France, to organize a colony to form a settlement in the earthly paradise which he thought that he had discovered on the banks of the Mississippi. He designs to arrange an expedition of such magnitude as would enable him to establish several permanent settlements, and also to explore more extensively the newly discovered country. The king and the court entered eagerly into plans, which promised to redound greatly to the glory of France. The reputation of La Salle, the grandeur of the undertaking, and a natural curiosity to visit scenes so full of novelty and wonders, 270 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. induced several gentlemen of distinction and intelli gence to embark in the enterprise. Among them was ayoungor brother of La Salle, with an ecclesias- tic called M. Cavalier, and also a nephew. The king conferred a new commission upon La Salle, invest- ing him with the powers almost of viceroyalty. The whole valley of the Mississippi, from Lake Michigan to the Gulf, was called Louisiana, in honor of the then reigning king. The sway of La Salle embraced the whole of this almost limitless region. Seven missionaries accompani'cd the expedition, under the general supervision of Father Membrc5, whose virtues and eminent qualification for the station all alike recognized. Four vessels were equipped for the expedition. The first, called the Joli, was a man-of-war armed with thirty-six guns. The second was a frigate called the Belle. The king made a present of this vessel to La Salle. He had furnished it with a very complete outfit, and with an armament of six guns. The third, called the Aimable, was a merchant-ship of about three hundred tons. It was heavily laden with all those implements and goods which it was deemed would be most useful in the establishment of a colony. The fourth was a light, swift-sailing yacht, called the St. Francis, of but thirty tons. This vessel was also laden with munitions, supplies. SEA VOYAGE TO THE GULF OF MEXICO. 271 r.nd goods for traffic with the Indians. The whole number who embarked, including one hundred sol- diers and seven or eight families of women and chil- dren, amounted to two hundred and eighty. Care was taken to select jTOod mechanics for the various trades. But, unfortunately, soldiers and seamen were engaged without apparently any reference to char- acter. Thus some of the worst vagabonds of earth were gathered from the seaports of France to colon- ize the New World. Nothing with the quarrelsome race of man ever goes smoothly for any considerable length of time. Captain Beaujeu, a Norman seaman of great valor and extensive experience, was commander of the man-of-war, and, as such, was intrusted with the gen- eral direction and supervision of the vessels. He was a proud man, accustomed to authority, and he regarded La Salle and his party as passengers, whom he was conveying to their destination, and who, while on board his vessels, were to be subservient to his will. On the other hand, La Salle regarded Beaujeu as one of hLs officers, who was to be implicitly obedient to his directions. The idea never occurred to him that Beaujeu was to be taken into partnership, or consulted even, in regard to any of his measures, any farther than La Salle might deem it expedient to 272 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. consult him or any other of his subordinates. With views so different, a speedy quarrel was inevitable. Beaujeu is represented as a man full of conceit, of narrow mind, and very irritable. La Salle was reserved, self-reliant, keeping his own counsel. Scarcely had the two men met, before they found themselves in antagonism. Before the vessels sailed, Beaujeu wTote to the king's minister as follows : ** You have ordered me, sir, to afford this enter- prise every facility in my power. I shall do so. But permit me to say that I take great credit to myself for consenting to obey the orders of La Salle. I believe him to be a worthy man, but he has never served in war except against savages, and has no military rank. I, on the contrary, have been thirteen years captain of a vessel, and have served thirty years by sea and land. " He tells me that, in case of his death, the com- mand devolves on Chevalier de Tonti. This is certainly hard for me to bear. Though I am not now acquainted with the country^ I must be a dull scholar not to obtain an adequate knowledge of it in a month after my arrival. I beg you therefore to give me a share in the comm.and, so that no military operation may be undertaken without consulting mc. Should we be attacked by the Spaniards, I am per- suaded that men who have never commanded in SEA VOYAGE TO THE GUI.F OF MEXICO. 273 war could not resist tlicm, as another could do, who had been taught by experience.'* Three weeks later, he wrote : *' The Joli is prepared for sea. I hope to sail down the river to-morrow. It remains for M. La Salle to sail when he is ready. He has said nothing to me of his designs. As he is constantly changing his plans, I know not whether the provisions will be enough for the enterprise. He is so jealous, and so fearful that some one may penetrate his secrets, that I have refrained from asking him any questions. *' I have already informed you liow disagreeable it was forme to be under the orders of M. de la Salle, who has no military rank. I shall however obey him, without repugnance., if you send me orders to that effect. But I beg that they may be such that he can impute no fault to me should he fail to execute what he has undertaken. I am induced to say this because he has intimated that it was my design to thwart his plans. I wish you would inform me what is to be done in regard to the soldiers. He pretends that, on our arrival, they are to be put under his charge. My instructions do not authorize this pretence. I am to afford all the aid in my power, without endangering the safety of the vessels." The ministry paid no attention to these com- 274 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. plaints. They probably decided to leave the com- manders to settle such questions among themselves. The four vessels sailed from Rochelle on the 24th of July, 1684. They had advanced but about one hundred and fifty miles when a violent tempest overtook them. The Joli lost her bowsprit. Con- sequently the little squadron returned to Rochefort. Having repaired damages, the fleet again set sail, on the 1st of August. La Salle and his suitc^ if v/e may so speak of his chosen companions, were on board the Joli, which Captain Beaujeu commanded. On the 8th of August the fleet passed Cape Finisterre, the extreme northwestern point of Spain. On the 20th they reached the island of Madeira. Captain Beaujeu wished to land here, to take in a fresh supply of provisions. La Salle said, emphatically, ** No ! " **We have," he said, ** an ample supply of both food and w^ater. To anchor there will cause us a delay of six or eight days. It will reveal our enterprise to the Spaniards. It was not the inten- tion of the king that we should touch at that point." Beaujeu was compelled to submit. But he was very angry and sullen. His sub-officers and sailors were also angry. Time was nothing to them, and they were anticipating grand carousals in port. Sharp words were interchanged, and the quarrel SEA VOYAGE TO THE GULF OF MEXICO. 27$ became more bitter. On the 24th they reached the influence of the trade winds, which blow continually from east to west. On the 6th of September they reached the Tropic of Cancer. In crossing this line a custom had long prevailed of performing a rite called baptism upon all on shipboard who then crossed for the first time. The indignity was in- flicted upon all alike, without any regard to charac- ter or rank. But, by giving the sailors a rich treat, one could secure for himself a little more moderation in the performance of the revolting ceremony. A very stout sailor, generally the most gigantic man of the crew, grotesquely dressed to represent leather Neptune, would come up over the bows of the vessel and seize his victim. First he would cate- chize him very closely respecting his object in cross- ing the line ; then he would exact an oath that he would never permit any one, when he was present, to enter the tropics without subjecting him to bap- tism. Then he would dash several bucketsful of !=alt water upon his head. This was the mildest form of performing the rite. If the subject for the bap- tism were, for any reason, obnoxious to the sailors, his treatment was much more severe. He was greased and tarred and shampooed, and shaved with an iron hoop, and treated, in all respects, very roughly. 276 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. On board this fleet, the passengers, including one hundred well-armed soldiers, greatly exceeded the number of sailors. La Salle, learning that the sailors were making great preparations for this bap- tism, resolved that he would not submit to such an indignity, and that his companions and followers should not be subjected to it. lie therefore issued orders prohibiting the ceremony. This exasperated the sailors. Beaujcu openly advocated their cause. The seamen were compelled to submit. The antag- onism between the two commanders was embit- tered. On the nth of September they reached the latitude of St. Domingo. A dead calm soon ensued. The ships floated as upon a sea of glass. One of the soldiers died. After imposing religious rites, his body was consigned to its ocean sepulchre. The calm was succeeded by a storm. In the darkness and tumult of this tropical tempest the vessels lost sight of each other. Gradually the storm abated. The change of climate had caused much sickness. Fifty w^ere in hospital on board the Joli, including La Salle and both of the surgeons. On the 20th, the grand mountains of St. Helena hove in sight, and the majestic bay of Samana opened before them. It still required a sail of five days before they SEA VOYAGE TO THE GULF OF MEXICO. 2TJ reached the Port de Paix, on the northwestern extremity of the island. Here there was a very fine harbor, and here the French governor of the neigh- boring isle of Tortue had his residence. La Salle had letters to this governor, M. de Cussy, directing him to supply the fleet with everything it might need, and which it was in his power to give. For some unexplained reason Bcaujeu silently declined obey- ing these orders. In the night he sailed directly by the Port de Paix, and doubling Cape St. Nicholas, a hundred miles distant at the western extremity of the island, circled around to the southern shore, and on the 27th cast anchor in a small harbor called the Petit Guavc. The voyage thus far, from Ro- chellc, had occupied fifty-eight days. This unaccountable change of place for the ren- dezvous of the scattered vessels caused much embar- rassment. We do not know what were the remon- strances of La Salle, or what was the defence of Bcaujeu. The Joli had scarcely cast anchor in this remote and silent bay, when a large sail-boat, con- taining twenty men, who had caught sight of the ship, entered the port, and informed La Salle that not only Governor Cussy was at the Port de Paix, but also the Marquis of Laurent, who was governor- general of all the P^rench West Lidia Islands. This greatly increased the chagrin of La Salle, for an 27^ THE ADYENM'URES OF LA. SALLE. interview with them would have greatly facilitateo his operations. Religious ceremonies were, in a remarkable degree, blended with all these explorations. The next day after the Joli cast anchor, all the ship's company was assembled for divine worship, to return thanks to God for their prosperous voyage. La Salle, being conva- lescent, went ashore with a boat's crew to obtain some refresh mentis and to send intelligence across the island, to the governor, of his arrival at Port dc Paix. In this message he expressed intense regret that he had not been able to stop at Port de Paix, and entreated the governor, if it we.re in his power, to visit his ship at Guave. In consequence of the number of sick on boarel, they were all landed, shelters were reared for them, and they were refreshed with fresh vegetables, fruit, and exercise in the open air. La Salle was still very feeble. A slow fever was consuming him. The con- duct of Beaujeu caused him the greatest embarrass- ment. We should infer from the narrative of M. Joutel that there was no European settlement at the spot, and but very few native inhabitants, though all the natives were friendly. In a few days two of the vess-els which had been separated from the Joli by the storm, entered the bay, having probably learned from the natives, as SEA VOYAGE 10 THE GULF OF MEXICO. 2/9 they coasted along the shore, where the ship was. The whole of the eastern portion of the island was then held by Spain. As the three vessels were sail- ing along, two large boats, filled with armed Spaniards, pushed out from the shore and seized the smallest of the vessels — the St. Francis — and carried it off as a prize, with all its crew. This was a very heavy loss, as it deprived the expedition of supplies of which it stood greatly in need. The chagrin of La Salle was increased by the reflection that had Beaujeu obeyed orders and entered Port de Paix, the fleet would have rendezvoused there in perfect safety. The governor very loudly expressed his indignation, in view of the conduct of Captain Beaujeu. The state of mind of the captain may be inferred from the following extracts from a letter to the French minister, which he wrote at that place : *' Were it not the sickness of Chevalier La Salle, I should have no occasion to write to you, as I am charged only with the navigation and he with the secret. We have arrived here almost all sick. La Salle has been attacked by a violent fever, which affects not more his body than his mind. His brother requested me to take charge of his affairs. I excused myself because I know that when restored to health he would not approve of what I had done. ** It is said that the Spaniards have, in these seas, 280 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. SIX men-of-war, each carrying sixty guns. It is true that if the ChcvaHer de la Salle should not recover, I shall pursue different measures from those which he has adopted, which I do not approve. I cannot comprehend how a man should dream of settling a country surrounded by Spainards and Indians, with a company of workmen and women, without soldiers. ** If you will permit me to express my opinion, the Chevalier de la Salle should have contented himself with the discovery of his river, without at- tempting to conduct three vessels and troops across the ocean through seas utterly unknown to him. lie is a man of great learning, who has read much, and has some knowledge of navigation. But there is a great difference between theory and practice. The ability to transport canoes through lakes and rivers is very different from that which is required to con- duct vessels and troops over remote seas." After a short delay in this lonely harbor, the fleet, now consisting of but three vessels, again spread its sails. It was agreed to direct their course to Cape St. Antoine, about iiine hundred miles dis- tant, at the extreme western point of the island of Cuba. Should the vessels be separated by a storm, they were to rendevous at that place. As the Aimable, a heavily laden merchantman, was the slowest sailer, it was decided that she should SEA VOYAGE TO THE GULF OF MEXICO. 28 1 take the lead, the other two following. La Salle, with his brother, Father Membre, and some others, transferred their quarters from the Joli to the Aimable. This movement was also probably influ- enced by La Salle's desire to escape from the uncongenial companionship of Captain Bcaujeu. It was on the 25th of November, 1684, that the voyage was resumed. Two days* sail brought the fleet within sight of the magnificent island of Cuba. They ran along its southern shore, generally in sight of its towering mountains and its luxuriant foliage, but having the enchanting scenery occasionally veiled from their view by dense fogs. On the ist of December they caught sight, far away in the south, of the grand island of Cayman. On the 4th of December, they cast anchor in a sheltered bay of the beautiful Island of Pines, but a few miles south of the Cuban coast. La Salle, with his companions, took a boat and went on shore. Several of the ship's crew rowed the boat. As they approached the sandy beach, they saw an immense crocodile, apparently asleep, enjoy- ing the blaze of a tropical sun. The boatmen drew near as noiselessly as they could. La Salle took deliberate aim and fired. Fortunately the bullet struck a vulnerable point. The monster, after a few convulsive struggles, was dead. The sailors, eager 282 . THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. for a taste of fresh meat, kindled a fire and roasted the flesh, which they found tender and palatable. There were no inhabitants at that point. The party separated in small groups, and wandered in all directions, lured by the beauty of the region, and feasting upon the rich tropical fruits which grew in spontaneous abundance. When about to re-embark, two of the sailors were missing. Several guns were fired as signals for the lost men, but in vain. The boat returned to the ship. The next morning, at sunrise, a boat's crew of thirty men was sent to search for the wanderers. At length they were found, thoroughly frightened, hav- ing passed a very uncomfortable night. The beauty of this island charmed all who beheld it. They were lavish in their praises of its luxuriance, its fruits, its game, and its birds of brilliant plumage. Again the fleet weighed anchor and, on the nth, reached Cape Corrientes, one of the most prominent southwestern points of Cuba. Here again they ran into a solitary bay, which, in cluster- ing fruits and vine-draped bowers, and birds on the wing, presented an aspect of almost Eden loveliness. They tarried but a day. Then, taking advantacje of a breeze fresh and fair, they passed from the Carib- bean Sea into the Gulf of Mexico. They had pro- ceeded but about fifteen miles when the wind SEA VOYAGE TO THE GULF OF MEXICO. 283 changed, and became adverse. For two days, by beating, they worked their way slowly against it. Captain Beaujeu took a boat, and came on board the Aimable, and insisted that the vessels should put back to Cape Antoine, and ride at anchor there until the wind should prove favorable. La Salle could not consider this measure judicious. But, weary of contention and anxious to agree with Beaujeu whenever he could, he reluctantly gave his consent. They ran back to the land, cast anchor, remained two days m a dead calm, when suddenly a tropical tempest arose, which was almost a tornado. The Belle dragged her anchor, and was driven vio- lently against the Aimable, carrying away her bow- sprit, and greatly injuring much of her rigging. The Aimable would have been sunk had she not cut her cable and escaped. The anchor was lost. On the 1 8th, the wind became fair. Having repaired damages as far as "was in their power, the fleet again set sail. It was ten o'clock in the morn- ing of a very delightful day. Directing their course northwesterly, they sailed, with a gentle breeze and occasional calms, nine days* without seeing land or encountering any event of importance. On the 28th, land was discovered. It was but a few miles dis- tant. It was evidently the continent of North America, and consisted of a long reach of low land. 284 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. fringed with a dense forest, and elevated but a few feet above the level of the Gulf. A shallop was speedily equipped, and La Salle, with a few of his chosen companions and a boat's crew, all well-armed, repaired to the shore to recon- noitre. Another boat, also similiarly equipped, was ordered soon to follow. The Belle was directed to keep up careful soundings, and to range along the coast as near the shore as was safe. La Salle's party soon reached the shore, and landed upon a very beautiful meadov/. But they had no time for exploration. The freshening wind rolled in such a surf that there was great danger that their boat would be swamped. They were compelled hastily to re-embark, and return to the ship. Slowly the vessels coasted along the uninviting shore, look- ing in vain for any inlet or any river's mouth. On the 2d of January, 1685, a dense fog settled down over the sea and the land, so enveloping the ships that no object could be seen at the distance of a few yards. La Salle ordered cannon occasionally to be fired on board the Aimablc, to let the other two vessels know where he was. As there was scarcely a breath of wind, there was no necessity that the fleet should be scat- tered. When the fog the next day was dissipated, the Joli was not in sight. Toward evening, however, SEA VOYAGE TO TUB GULF OF MEXICO. 2^5 the sbip was again seen. In a few days they discov- ered an inlet, which La Salic carefully examined from the mast-head. He judged it to be the Bay of Ap- palachicola, then called Espiritu Santo, on the Florida coast. They therefore pressed on westerly, hoping soon to reach the Mississippi.- To make it sure that he should not pass the mouth of the river, which, flowinp- through very low and marshy soil, was designated by no landmark. La Salle desired to send a party of thirty men ashore to follow along the coast. But the wind rose, and the surf dashed so violently upon the muddy banks, that a landing could not be effected. Slowly the fleet moved along until the 13th, when it was found neces- sary to land to take in water. A shallop was sent ashore, with five or six seamen, well-armed. There was no Inlet, and no creek to afford any protection, and the surf still rolled in heavily. Though the dense forest spread its gloom far and wide around, there opened before them a small mead- ow of but a few acres, green, treeless and smooth as a floor. The boat was directed toward that spot. When within a gun-shot of the land, a troop of about a dozen savages, tall, stalwart men, entirely naked, emerged from the forest, and came down to the water's edge. The surf was so high that there was much danger that the boat would be swamped 286 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. in an attempt to land. The seamen therefore cast anchor, to consider what was to be done. When the savages saw that they were at a stand- still, they made friendly signs, inviting the strangers to land. They waded out into the surf and beck- oned to them. Apparently the boat could not pass safely through the surf. There was a large amount of drift-wood lining the shore. Several of the sav- ages selected a large smooth log. This they pushed through the surf. Ranging themselves on each side, they clung to the log with one arm, while, with the other, they paddled. Without any hesitancy, un- armed and helpless, they clambered into the boat. When five were in, the seamen motioned to the others to go to another boat which was then ap- proaching, and which conveyed La Salle. The sav- ages seemed not to entertain the slightest suspicion of danger. La Salle was very glad to receive them. He hoped that they could give him some information respecting the river he sought. But all his efforts were in vain. Though he spoke several Indian lan- guages, he could not make them understand him. They were all taken on board the vessel. With much curiosity they examined its wonders. They were Icastcd, and seemed quite at home in smoking the pipe of fragrant tobacco. The sheep, the swine, and the poultry, they had evidently never seen before. SEA VOYAGE TO THE GULF OF MEXICO. 287 But when they were shown the skin of a coW, whicli had recently been killed, they seemed much delighted, and indicated that they had seen such animals before, doubtless referring to the buffaloes. Having received many presents, a boat was sent to carry them as near the shore as it was safe to go. The savages bound their presents upon their heads, and letting themselves gently down into the water, swam to the land. Marvellous must have been the stories which they narrated that night, in their wig- wams, to admiring crowds. Quite a large group of Indians was seen gathered upon the shore to greet them, as they came back. La Salle had found it impossible to understand their signs. But his apprehensions were somewhat excited by the thought that they might have endeav- ored to indicate to him that he had already passed the mouth of the Mississippi. That evening the wind rose fresh and fair. Rais- ing their anchors, and keeping near the shore, with frequent soundings, they pressed on toward the southwest. The next day came a dead calm. Each vessel floated on the glassy sea, " like a painted ship o^i a painted ocean." Thus they moved along, day after day, encountering calms, when not a ripple was to be seen on the mirrovved expanse, and fresh breezes, which tossed the ocean in billowy foam, 288 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. and storms which threatened to tear the masts from the hulls. On the T4th of January tliey attempted again to effect a hmdinij in the boats. But tlie surf pre- vented. They saw, liowcver, upon a beautiful prairie, cxtendini^ with its waving grass and gor- geous flowers as far as the eye could reach, vast herds of wild horses and buffaloes. All on board the vessels were greatly excited by this spectacle. They were eager to land, that they might enjoy the pleas- ure of an encampment and the excitement of hunt- ing and the chase. The land was now found trending more and more to the, south. They had reached a latitude consid- erably below that of the mouth of the Mississippi, as ascertained by La Salle, upon his first visit. The whole aspect of the country seemed changed. There were immense treeless prairies continually opening before them, crowded with game, and especially wiih immense herds of horses and buffaloes. At length they came to apparently the mouth of a small river. A boat was sent on shore, with orders to kindle a fire, as a signal, should they find a good place for landing. La Salle stood upon the deck of the Aimable, eagerly watching. Soon he saw the smoke curling up through the clear air of the prairie. Just as La Salle was entering his boat for the shore, SEA VOYAGE TO THE GULF OF MEXICO. 289 the wind freshened and tumbled in such billows from the open sea that the boat, which had already landed, was compelled precipitately to return. The next morning the wind abated La Salle felt himself lost. lie resolved to land, with a strong party, and make a thorough exploration of the region, that he might, by observation or by communication with such inhab- itants as he might discover, find out whc re he was. He had many apprehensions that he had passci the mouth of the Mississippi, and that he was far in the west, skirting the coast of Mexico. - CHAPTER XIV. Lost in the Wilderness, Treachery of Beaujeu. — Accumulating Troubles. — Anxieties of La Salle. — March on the Land. — The Encampment. — Wreck of the Aimable. — Misadventure with the Indians. — Commencement of Hostilities. — Desertion of Beaujeu with the Joli. — The Encamp- ment. — The Indians Solicit Friendship. — The Cruel Repulse. — Sickness and Sorrow. — Exploring Expeditions. — The Mississippi sought for in vain. The altercation between La Salle and Beaujeu still continued. The chevalier feared that the cap- tain designed to abandon him and return to France, Parties were formed, and the dispute on board the vessels was bitter. La Salle was convinced that he had passed the Mississippi. Others argued that they had not reached it. In fact they were beyond Matagorda Bay, in the southwestern part of Texas, and were within a hundred miles of the Rio Grande. A dense fog prevented the landing of the boat's crew. La Salle insisting upon a return, the vessels coasted slowly along, a distance of about thirty miles, till they came to an inlet, which the fog had prevented them from seeing before, and which prov»°d to be Matagorda Bay. LOST IN THE WILDERNESS. 2gi The expedition was now in serious trouble. Their provisions were nearly exhausted. They had thus far seen no settlement, on the American coast, from which they could obtain supplies. A large party was landed on the western entrance of the bay. They threw up a camp, and while some explored the prairie with their guns, others followed up the stream with their fishing rods. An ample supply of game, of great variety, was taken, and also an abun- dance of fish. All who could be spared from the ships hastened to the shore. The weather was delightful ; the scenery enchanting ; and the whole ship's company, after so long an imprisonment in the crowded vessels, revelled in feasting and joy. ** Uneasy lies the head which wears a crown." La Salle, feeling keenly his responsibility for the success of the expedition, was heavily oppressed by care. One of the boats was sent up the bay, seven or eight miles, in search of a river or brook ; but their search was in vain. A few springs of tolerably good water were found, from which they replenished their empty barrels. Ducks and other water-fowl were met in great abundance. The vessels were all anchored in the bay, near the shore, and for several days, in this sunny region, beneath cloudless skies, the voyagers generally enjoyed all the pleasures of the most delightfcil piq- 292 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. nic party. La Salle saw increasing evidence that Beaujeu was intending to desert him. He was anx- ious to lay in supplies for a long voyage. La Salic wished to delay only to obtain provisions for fifteen days. He was satisfied that it would not take longer than that to return to the point where he now believed the mouth of the Mississippi to be. In this emergence he decided to have the vessels coast along near the shore, while he sent a chosen party of one hundred and thirty men, to march along upon the land. The adventurous band com- menced its journey in a fog so dense that those in the rear could not see those in front. M. Joutel, the historian of the expedition from the time it sailed from France until its close, led this party. The march was commenced on the 5th of Feb- ruary. Each man carried his pack upon his own shoulders. They kept along as near as possible to the sea. The first night they encamped on a slight eminence, where a large fire was built to signalize to the vessels their position. For a week they thus journeyed along, through marsh and prairie and for- est, building each night their signal fires. During all this time they caught no sight of their ves- sels. On the 13th they came to the banks of a wide creek or bayou, which they had no means of crossing. LOST IN THE WILDERNESS. 293 The carpenters were immediately set to work in building a boat. The next day, while thus employed, the Joli and the Belle hove in sight. The short twi- light of the tropics was then passing into night. A signal-fire was built, ajid seen by those on the ships. The next morning, the slow-sailing Aimable, which bore La Salle and his companions, appeared. La Salle landed and visited the encampment. Having sounded the creek, he decided to bring the three ves- sels in, and to send a boat to explore inland, hoping that the creek might prove to be the mouth of some river. The channel was carefully s-taked out for the entrance of the vessels, safe anchorage chosen, and orders were issued for the three to enter at the next high tide. La Salle would give the signal from the shore, when they were to move. Captain Beaujeu sent back the insolent answer, " I can manage my own vessel without any instruc- tions from Monsieur La Salle." As this message arrived, a party of the ship's com- pany, who had been at some distance from the camp, came running in, much alarmed, saying that quite an army of savages was approaching. La Salle in- stantly called all his force to arms, that he might be prepared for any emergence. Though earnestly desirous of peace, he yet deemed it important to show a bold front. In imposing military array, with 294 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. muskets loaded, and the beating of drums, he led his band of about one hundred and fifty men, to meet the Indians. Both parties halted and faced each other, neither knowing whether the other wished for peace or war. La Salic directed ten of his men to lay down their arms, and advance toward the Indians, making friendly signs, and endeavoring to invite an unarm^^d party to meet them. The whole body at once threw down their arms, consisting of bows and javelins, and ran forward joyously, caressing the Europeans, according to their custom, by rubbing their hands first over their own breasts and arms, and then over the breasts and arms of their newly found friends. Six or seven accompanied a party of the French back to their encampment. La Salle, with the rest accepted an invitation to visit the Indian village, which they represented as distant about five miles. Just as they were starting, La Salle turned his eyes toward the bay, when he saw, much to his conster- nation, that their store-ship the Aimable, which was left under the care of Captain Beaujeu, instead of following the channel marked out by the stakes, was paying no regard to them. He was greatly alarmed ; but there was nothing which he could do to repel the danger. He therefore, though in great perturbation, fol- LOST IN THE WILDERNESS. 295 lowed the savages to their vilhigc. It consisted of about fifty wigwams, erected upon an eminence but slightly elevated above the level prairie. The huts were built of mats or of the tanned skins of the buf- falo. Just as they were entering the village, a cannon was fired from one of the ships. The savages were greatly terrified, and simultaneously threw themselves upon the ground., burying their faces in the grass. But La Salle reassured them, stating that it was merely a signal to hirn that one of his ships had come to anchor. Though La Salle was very vigilant to guard against any treachery, still the hospitality manifested by the Indians seemed sincere and cordial. The In- dians feasted them abundantly with fresh buffalo steaks, and jerked meat consisting of thin slices of flesh dried in the sun and smoked. Their village was near the creek, and La Salle counted forty large boats, made of logs hollowed out, such as he had seen on the Mississippi. Upon returning to the camp. La Salle found his worst fears realized. The Aimable was driven aground, and under circumstances which rendered it almost certain that it had been done through the treachery of Captain Beaujeu. La Salle had marked out the channel by stakes, had sent the vessel a pilot, whom Beaujeu had refused to receive, and had 29© THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. stationed a man at the mast-head, who had given a loud warning, but whose cry was entirely disregarded. ** Those who witnessed the manoeuvre,'* writes Joutel, ** were convinced, by irresistible evidence, that the vessel was wrecked by design, which was one of the blackest and most detestable crimes which can enter into the human heart." The vessel was run upon the shore at the high- est tide. All efforts to float her again were unavail- ing. The calamity was irretrievable. The Aimable contained all the ammunition, the mechanic tools, and the farming and household utensils. But La Salle, ever rising superior to the blows of misfortune, still retained his firmness. Diligently he engaged in removing the stores from the wrecked ship. One of the shallops had been, as it was beheved, treacher- ously destroyed. With the one shallop which remained, he suc- ceeded, that afternoon, in removing from the ship to an encampment on the shore, the ammunition, a con- siderable portion of the mechanic tools, the farming and domestic utensils, and a few barrels of provisions. During the night a storm arose. The vessel was dashed to pieces. In the morning the bay was covered with barrels, chests, bales, and other debris of the wreck. While affairs were in this deplorable state, the savages, about one hundred and twenty in LOST IN THE WILDERNESS. 297 number, made another visit to the camp. The shores were strewed with articles of inestimable value to these poor Indians. Sentinels were sta- tioned to prevent any robbery ; but the Indians manifested no disposition to perpetrate any acts of violence. La Salle was in great want of more boats. The Indians had some, which were dug out from im- mense trunks of trees, of graceful form and rich carv- ing, capable of carrying twenty or thirty men. As all the work on these boats had been performed with stone hatchets, almost an infinity of labor had been expended upon them, and they were deemed very valuable. La Salle sent two trusty men to the village of the Indians, to purchase, if they could, two of the boats. When they entered the wigwams, they found that a bale of blankets, which had drifted along the bay, had been picked up by the Indians, and divided among them. They made no attempt at conceal- ment. Not having any clear views of the rights of property, they had no thought that they had done anything wrong in taking goods which they had found drifting in the water. The officers returned to La Salle with this report. Suffering from shipwreck and great destitution, it was necessary for him to economize, as much as 298 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. possible, in his expenditures. He therefore decided to send some men to the Indians, to endeavor to obtain two boats in exchange for the blankets and a few other articles which they had picked up. M. Hamel, one of Beaujeu's officers, volunteered to go on this mission, with a boat's crew, in the shallop of the Joli. He was an impetuous young fellow, with more bravery than prudence. Assuming that the Indians had stolen the blankets, and that they were to be browbeaten and forced to make restitution by the surrender of two of their boats, he advanced, upon his landing, in such menacing military array as to frighten the Indians. Most of them fled into the woods. He entered the deserted cabins, picked up all the blankets he could find, stole a number of very nicely tanned deer skins, and then, seizing two of the best boats, put men on board of each, and commenced his return to the ship. He was quite elated with his performance, thinking it a heroic achievement. As they were paddling slowly down the bay, the wind rose strongly against them. Night came on cold and dark. It became necessary to land and wait for the morning. They built a large fire. Wrapped in blankets, they threw themselves upon the grass around, with their feet toward the glowing coals, and soon all ./■ LOST IN THE WILDERNESS. 299 fell asleep. Sentinels had been stationed at a short distance from the fire, but they slept also. The Indians returned to their wigwams. They found their treasures gone and two of their best boats stolen. As night came, they saw in the dis- tance the light of a camp-fire, and understood full well what it signified. With silent tread, and breathing vengeance, they crept through the forest upon their sleeping foes. At a given signal, the forest re- sounded with the dreadful war-whoop, and a shower of arrows fell upon the sleepers. Two were killed outright ; two were severely wounded. The rest sprung to their arms, while some fled in terror. The Indians, aware of the terrible power of the white man's musket, did not wait for a battle. Having inflicted this deed of revenge, they suddenly disappeared. One of the men, M. Moranget, a nephew of La Salle, succeeded in reaching the en- campment of his friends, though faint and bleeding. One arrow had inflicted a terrible wound, almost cutting its way through his shoulder. Another had cut a deep gash along his bosom. La Salle immediately sent an armed party to the spot. He was exceedingly chagrined by the cruel blunder perpetrated by his envoy. Though he could not blame the Indians, he knew full well that, their vengeance being thus aroused, they would, if 300 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. they could, doom all to indiscriminate slaughter. It was necessary for him therefore to take the most decisive action in self-defence. The dead were buried. One man, helplessly wounded, was brought back to the camp. The others returned unharmed. This disaster took place in the night of the 5th of March, 1685. These calamities operated fearfully against La Salle. Beaujeu took advantage of them, and lost no opportunity of proclaiming them as evidence that La Salle was utterly incompetent to conduct such an enterprise as that in which he was engaged. Quite a number, who had formerly been friends of La Salle, ranged themselves on the side of Beaujeu, who now openly proclaimed his intention of aban- doning the enterprise and returning to France. Still he continued to do everything in his power to embarrass the operations of La Salle. There were several pieces of cannon on board the Belle. But nearly all the cannon balls were in the hold of the Joli. Beaujeu, on the eve of his departure, refused to give them up, saying that it was inconvenient for him to get at them. About the 14th of March, Captain Beaujeu spread the sails of the Joli, and disappeared over the hori- zon of the sea, on his voyage to France. He took with him sixty or seventy of the company, and many LOST IN THE WILDERNESS. 301 stores which were deemed essential in the establish- ment of a colony. La Salle was left with about two hundred men, encamped upon the banks of an un- known inlet, and with one single small vessel, the Belle, anchored in the bay. To add to the gloom of his situation, the Indians were justly exasperated against him. The first thing to be done was to build a fort for defence. Thinking it not impossible that the broad creek he had entered might prove to be one of the mouths of the Mississippi, he decided to set out on an exploring tour up the river for some distance into the interior. Five boats, containing a well-armed party of about fifty persons, embarked upon this enterprise. La Salle himself took the command. About one hundred and forty persons were left behind in the fort, under the control of M. Joutel. Those who were left in garrison, were to employ their time in strengthening the fort, and in building a large boat on the European plan. The savages came frequently around the encamp- ment at night, barking like dogs and howling like wolves. They did not venture upon any attack. Upon one occasion, however, a few men were at work at a little distance from the encampment, when they saw a large band of savages approaching. The workmen fled to the fort, leaving all their tools > 302 THE ADVENTURES uF LA SALLE. behind them. The savages gathered them up and retired. It was not safe to wander far for game. But fish was taken in great abundance from the bay. Early in April, the garrison Was alarmed by the sight of a distant sail. It was feared that it was a war-ship of the hostile Spaniards, coming to destroy them. The vessel, however, passed by, without apparently seeing the encampment. Several tragic incidents ensued. One man was bitten by a rattle- snake. After suffering dreadful agonies he died. Another, who was fishing, was swept away by the current and was drowned. Fortunately, beds of ex- cellent salt were found, formed by the evaporation of salt v/ater in basins on the land. It must be confessed that the savages mani^'^^ted much of a Christian disposition. They frequently came near the fort, and made signs indicative of their desire that friendly relations might be restored. But La Salle, fearing treachery, and not having full confidence in the prudence of those he left behind, gave orders that no intercourse should be opened with the savages until his return. Early in May, quite a large party of Indians appeared near the fort. Three of them, laying aside their weapons, came forward and made signs that they wished for a conference. M. Joutel, instead of sending three unarmed men to meet them, invited LOST IN THE WILDERNESS. 303 them to come into the fort. Though they thus placed themselves entirely in his power, they, with- out the slightest hesitation, entered the enclosure. They quietly sat down, and, by signs, said that hunters from the fort had often been near them, so that they could easily have killed them. But they refrained from doing them any injury. M. Moranget, who had been so severely wounded, urged that they should be terribly punished, in revenge for the attack upon the camp. This infamous proposal M. Joutel rejected. But his conduct was inexcusable. He gave them a very unfriendly reception ; and soon ordered them to depart. They had scarcely left the entrance gate, when he ordered several muskets to be fired, as if at them. They thought that they were treacherously fired upon, and fled precipitately. He then ordered several cannon-shot to be thrown to the eminence, where the large party was peacefully assembled. This scattered them. Such was the response to the Indians' appeal for friendship. Thus insanely did the garrison establish open hostilities between the two parties, when it was evident that the Indians desired friendship. La Salle, in ascending the river, found a prairie region far more rich and beautiful than that occupied by the encampment at the mouth of the creek. He 304 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. sent back two boats, with directions that about thirty of the most able-bodied men should remain to garri- son the fort, while the rest, including all the women and children, were to embark, under M. Moranget, for the new location. Early in July another messen- ger came with instructions for all the remaining gar- rison to embark, with all the stores they could carry, in the Belle, and ascend the river many leagues, to join their companions in the new settlement, and to bury, in careful concealment, all the goods which could not be removed. But sorrows and troubles without number came. The blazing sun of summer withered them. Many were sick. All were languid, discontented, disheart- ened. The wood to build their huts had to be drawn three miles by hand. There was no heart for the work. Discontented men always quarrel. Even La Salle lost hope, and no longer displayed his custom- ary energy and sagacity. Those who had professed to be good house-carpenters, were found to be totally ignorant of their business. Food became scarce. More than thirty in a few weeks died. These funeral scenes spread gloom over the whole encampment, and all wished themselves back in France. La Salle could intrust weighty responsibilities to no one. He was compelled to superintend every- r LOST IN THE WILDERNESS. 305 thing, and even to devote himself to the minutest details. La Salle called this river La Vache, or Cow River, in consequence of the vast number of buffalo cows which he saw grazing upon the banks. The spot chosen for the village or encampment, if we can judge from the description of M. Joutel, must have been quite enchanting. There was an elevated expanse, smooth and fertile, raised many feet above the level of the stream. An undulating prairie, covered with waving grass and flowers, spread far away for leagues toward the north and the west, bordered, in the distance, by forest-covered hills. The river flowed placidly upon the east, entering into the long and wide bay upon the south. Nothing could exceed the beauty of the prairie, waving in the richest bloom of flowers of every variety of tint. I A large cellar was dug, that the ammunition and other valuables might be stored beneath the ground, as a protection against fire. La Salle, with a few companions, made several excursions of fifteen or twenty miles into the country, hoping to find the Mississippi, or some Indians who could give him information upon that point. Failing in all these, he decided upon a more extensive exploration. The property at the settlement now consisted of only two hundred muskets, two hundred swords, one 306 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. hundred kegs of powder, three thousand pounds of bullets, three hundred pounds of lead, several bars of steel and of iron to be hammered into nails, and a tolerable supply of farming and mechanic tools. They had no ploughs, horses, or oxen. Without these, farming could be carried on only upon a very limited scale. They had, however, twenty barrels of flour, a puncheon and a half of wine, a few gallons of brandy, one or two swine, and one cock and hen. The exploring party of fifty set out in two bands, in October, from the bay, which he had named St^ Louis. M. Joutel was left in command at the settle- ment, with the strictest injunctions to have no inter- course with the Indians. One band ascended the river in boats. The other followed along upon the shore. Having ascended the river many leagues, and being fully convinced that it was not a branch of the Mississippi, they drew their boats upon the eastern shore, and all commenced their march, over the boundless prairies, with packs upon their backs, toward the rising sun. Ere long they saw in the distance an Indian vil- lage, consisting of a cluster of thirty or forty wig- wams. It was delightfully situated. The Indians, in locating their villages, ever had a keen sense of landscape beauty. It is difficult to account for the fact that, under the leadership of La Salle, there LOST IN THE WILDERNESS. 307 should have been a battle. But it was so. We have no explanation of the circumstances. After a brief conflict, the savages fled, many being wounded and probably some killed, for they were accustomed to carry their dead with them on a retreat. La Salle and his party entered the abandoned village. They found, cowering in one of the wig- wams, a woman who had been struck by a bullet in the neck, and who was dying. A young girl was with her. Just after this. La Salle sent a party of six men to explore a stream. After a toilsome day the party encamped for the night. They built their fire, cooked their supper, and, without establishing any watch, wrapped themselves in their blankets for sleep. The next day they did not return. La Salle's anxieties were roused. He set out in search of them. The dead bodies of the six were found, pierced with arrows, scalped, and half devoured by wolves. The details of this midnight tragedy were never known. Saddened by this calamity, yet striving to maintain cheerful spirits, the party pressed on their way. After many days* march they came to another large river, which proved to be that which. is now known as the Colorado, which empties into Matagorda Bay, more tlian four hundred miles west of the mouths of the Mississippi, 308 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. As they were journeyln^^ along, one of the men, with blistered feet, stopped to adjust his shoes. When he resumed his march, he found that the party was out of sight, and he could not overtake them. The grass of the prairie was higher than the men*s heads, and there were many tracks through it which were called buffalo streets. It was impossible for him to tell which path the men had taken. He was hopelessly lost. To follow either one of them might lead him farther and farther from his compan- ions, where he would perish miserably. Night came. He fired his gun several times, but could get no response. He threw himself upon the grass. In the intensity of his anxiety, he could not sleep. All the next day and the next night, he remained upon the spot, hoping that his companions might come back in search far him. They did not return. He had been reprimanded the preceding day for some misconduct, and it was supposed that he had deserted. Almost in despair he retraced his steps, travelling mostly by night, through fear that he might en- counter the savages. After a month of toil and suffering, ragged and emaciate he at midnight reached the settlement. Many weeks passed away, and no tidings whatever were heard of the exploring party. One morning early in March, M. Joutel LOST IN THE WILDERNESS. 309 chanced to be upon the roof of a hut, when he saw far away on the prairie, eight men approaching. He immediately took a well-armed party and advanced to meet them. They proved to be a portion of the exploring band. They said that others were returning by another route. They were all in a deplorable condi- tion. Their clothes were in tatters. Most of them were without hats. Their shirts were entirely worn out. All were rejoiced to see La Salle again. But he had no tidings to give of the long-sought-for river. The situation in which the colonists, with their greatly diminished numbers, now found themselves was appalling. They were utterly lost in the bound- less wilderness of this new world. All communica- tion with their friends in France was cut off. There was no hope that any French vessel would ever search for them ; or could find them, even if such search were undertaken. The Indians were hostile. Death would gradually diminish their numbers, and finally the remnant would either be exterminated or carried into captivity by the savages. To add to the affliction of La Salle, the Belle, the only vessel remaining to him, was wrecked and utterly lost. Several of the sailors were drowned ; and stores of inestimable value were destroyed. Father Le Clerc, in describing this untoward event, writes : << We leave the reader to imagine the grief and 310 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. the affliction felt by the Chevalier La Salle, at an accident which completely ruined all his measures. His great courage even could not have borne him up, had not God aided his virtue by the help of extraordinary grace.'* Until the loss of the Belle, he had been sustained by the hope that, in the last extremity, the remnant of his company might find their way back to St. Domingo, and thence to France. This hope was now extinguished. Under these circumstances La Salle resolved to undertake another exploring tour. Having refreshed himself and his men, and obtained new articles of clothing, mainly by distributing the garments of the dead among the living, early in May, 1686, the party again set forth. Those who remained behind em- ployed themselves in strengthening the fortifications; in unsuccessfully cultivating the soil, for most of the seeds would not sprout, and in the chase, laying in a store of jerked meat. They had several hostile rencontres with the Indians, in which the savages were invariably beaten, in consequence of the supe- riority of the weapons of the Europeans. But there was no harmony in the settlement. Loud murmurs ascended continually. Some de- nounced La Salle. Some defended him. The antagonistic parties were almost ready to draw their swords against each other. CHAPTER XV. A Trip toivard Mexico, Arrangements for the Journey. — The Departure. — Indians on Horse- back. — Scenes of Enchantment. — Attractive Character of La Salle. — Visit to the Kironas. — The Bite of the Snake. — Adven- tures Wild and Perilous. — Hardihood of the Indian Hunter, — The Long Sickness. — A Man Devoured by a Crocodile. — The Return, Though La Salle was now more than four hundred miles west of the Mississippi River, he was still under the impression that he was east of that point. He therefore, in his blind search ; directed his steps toward the setting sun. Father Douay, who accompanied this expedition, has given a de- tailed account of its adventures. After religious ceremonies in the chapel of the fort, the party, consisting of twenty persons, set out, on the 22d of April, 1686. They took, for the journey, four pounds of powder, four pounds of lead, two axes, two dozen knives, two kettles, and a few awls and beads. On the third day out they entered one of the most beautiful orairies they had ever seen. To their 312 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. astonishment they saw, on the plain, a large number of people, some on foot and some on horseback. Several of these came galloping toward them, booted and spurred, and seated on saddles. They were Indians who were in a high state of civilization, hav- ing long held intimate relations with the Spaniards. They gave the Frenchmen an earnest invitation to visit them, in their village, which was about twenty miles distant. But as this would take them quite out of their course, the invitation was declined. Continuing their tour, they encamped at night, being careful to throw up around them entrenchments which would protect them from attack. The next two days they continued their journey over the prairie, until they reached a river, which La Salle named Robek. The amount of wild cattle seen was prodigious. Many of the herds numbered thou- sands. In a few moments they shot ten. The meat they cut into very thin slices, and dried in the blaz- ing sun, over the smoke of a smouldering fire. Thus they were provided with nutritious food for four or five days. Crossing the Robek in a hastily constructed raft, after marching about five miles they came to another very beautiful river, wider and deeper than the Seine at Paris. It was skirted by a magnificent forest, with no underbrush, presenting a park such as the hand of A TRIP TOWARD MEXICO. 313 man never planted. In this Eden-like grove there were many trees laden with rich fruit. This river, which La Salle named La Maligne, they also crossed upon a raft. Passing through the forest beyond, they entered upon another extensive prairie. Continuing their tour through a country which they describe as full of enchantments, with blooming plains skirted with vines, fruit trees, and groves, they came to a river which they callen Hiens, from one of their party, a German, who, in endeav- oring to ford it, got stuck fast in the mud. Two men swam across with axes on their backs. They then cut down the largest trees, on each side, so that their branches met in the middle. By this bridge the party crossed. More than thirty times, during this trip, they resorted to this measure for crossing streams. ** After several days' march," writes Father Douay, " in a pretty fine country, we entered a delightful territory, where we found a numerous tribe, who re- ceived us with all possible friendship ; even the women coming to embrace our men. They made us sit down on well-made mats, at the upper end of the wigwam, near the chiefs, who presented us with the calumet, adorned with feathers of every hue, which we had to smoke in turn." The Indians feasted them abundantly, with the 314 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. best of their fare, and presented them with some ex- cellently tanned buffalo skins, for moccasins. La Sahe gave them, in return, some beads, with which they seemed to be greatly delighted. Father Douay writes : " During our stay, Chevalier La Salle so won them by his manners, and insinuated so much of the glory of our king, teUing them that he w^as greater and higher than the sun, that they were all ravished with astonishment.'* Continuing their journey, they crossed several rivers, until they came to a large Indian village of three hundred cabins. Just as they were approach- ing the village they came upon a herd of deer and shot one. The Indians, who heard the report and saw the deer fall dead, were terror-stricken. In a mass they fled to the neighboring forest. La Salic, to avoid surprise, entered the village in military array. Entering the largest cabin, which proved to be . that of the chief, they found a very aged woman, the wife of the chief, who, from her infirmities, was unable to fly. La Salle treated the terrified woman with the greatest kindness, and by signs assured her that he intended no harm. Three grown-up sons of the chief, who were watching the progress of events with great solicitude, seeing no indication of hostile measures, cautiously returned. La Salle met them A TRIP TOWARD MEXICO. 315 with friendly signs, and accepted the presented calu- met. The young chiefs then called to their people in the distance, and all returned. The evening was passed in feasting, dancing, and all kinds of semi- barbarian festivities. Still La Salle did not venture to sleep in the wigwams, where his party would be entirely in the power of those who might prove treacherous. He returned to encamp in a dense cane-brake, where no foe could approach without giving warning. In the night, some thought they heard approaching foot- steps. But La Salle made it manifest that they were all on the alert, and the foe, if there were any foe approaching, drew off. The alarm was doubtless groundless. The next morning there was a repetition of all the tokens of friendship which were manifested the evening before. Continuing their route about thirty miles, they came to another Indian village. The savages seemed to have no suspicions whatever of the strangers. A party, seeing them approaching in the distance, came out to meet them as if they were old friends. They seemed to be quite gentlemanly men in their courteous and polished demeanor. They gave the strangers an earnest invitation to visit their village. These Indians had heard of the Spaniards, and of 3l6 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. the atrocities of which they were guilty farther west. They were quite overjoyed when told that the French were at war with the Spaniards ; and were quite eager to raise an army and march with the French to attack them. La Salle entered into a cordial alliance with these Indians, who were called the Kironas. He promised that he would eventu- ally, if it were in his power, return with more numer- ous troops. It would appear that La Salle was now convinced that he would not find the Mississippi by journeying further west ; for he turned his steps toward the northeast. There was a large river near the village, across which the hospitable Indians paddled them in their boats. As they were crossing a beautiful prairie, their Indian companion, whof.e name was Nika, called out suddenly, ** I am dead ! I am dead." A venomous snake had bitten him, and the limb began instantly to throb and swell. In rude sur- gery, they, with their pocket-knives, cut out the flesh around. Deep gashes were cut near the wound, hoping that the poison would be carried away in the free flowing of the blood. They applied poultices of herbs, which they had been told were available in such cases. After much suffering, which the Indian bore with wonderful stoicism, he recovered from the perilous wound. A TRIP TOWARD MEXICO. 317 Journeying on, day after day, they at length reached a broad river, whose current was so rapid that they saw, at once, that it would be very difficult to effect a passage. This was probably the Colorado, many miles above the point where they had touched it in one of their previous excursions. They made a raft. Most of the company were afraid to attempt to cross upon it. La Salle, with his brother Cavalier and one or two others, got on. As soon as they pushed out from the shore, into the middle of the stream, the swiftly rushing torrent seized them, whirled the raft around, and swept it down the stream with resistless velocity. In a few moments it disappeared, as the foaming flood bore it around a bend in the stream. **It was a moment," writes Father Douay, "of extreme anguish for us all. We despaired of ever again seeing our guardian angel the Chevalier de la Salle." Several hours passed away. The men left upon the bank were in utter bewilderment. They knew not what to do. **' The day was spent," it is written, " in tears and weeping.'*' Just before nightfall, to their great joy, they saw La Salle and his party on the opposite side of the river. It subsequently appeared that the raft struck a large tree, which had been torn from the banks, and was almost stationary in tie middle of the 3l8 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. Stream ; its roots, heavy with earth and stone, drag- ging on the bottom. By seizing the branches they dragged themselves out of the current, and by grasping the branches of other trees, overhanging the water, they at length, through a thousand perils, succeeded in gaining the eastern bank, several miles below the point where they had constructed the raft. One of the men was swept from the raft and swam ashore. The party was now divided, with the foaming and apparently impassable torrent rushing between them. On both sides the night was spent in great anxiety. Many were the plans suggested and abandoned, to form a reunion. In the morning. La Salle shouted to them across the river, that they must build two light rafts, of the very buoyant canes, and cross on them, promising them that he would send several strong swimmers into the river to aid them. One such raft was constructed. With fear and trembling five men ventured upon it. The raft was so light that it barely supported its burden. With long poles they succeeded in reaching the centre of the stream. Then two men from the opposite side swam out, and by their aid, with vigorous paddling, they safely reached the land, after drifting far down the stream. The most timid ones were left behind. They A TRIP TOWARD MEXICO. 319 dared not venture the passage. La Salle, seeing their hesitation, ordered his men to pack up and continue their march, leaving them behind. The greater peril overcame the less. To be abandoned there they deemed sure destruction. They shouted across the river, begging for delay. Inspired by the energies of almost despair, they vigorously built their raft, and by noon all were happily reassembled to press on their way. For two days they moved slowly and laboriously along, cutting their way, with the two axes, through an immense forest of cane-brakes. On the third day an incident occurred which pecuHarly illustrates the sagacity and endurance of the Indians. Their Indian hunter, Nika, who, as we have said, accom- panied La Salle from Canada, left the party the day before they reached the river, in search of game. They had heard nothing from him since. It was in vain to search for him, and the party could not delay its march to wait for his return. On the evening of the fourth day after his ab- sence, as the men were gathered around the camp- fire, little expecting to see Nika again, he came quietly into the camp as composed as if nothing unusual had occurred. He had on his shoulders a large amount of the choicest cuts of venison, which he had dried in the sun, and nearly the whole of a 320 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. deer which he had just killed. He had probably swum the stream, floating the venison across on a log by his side. And all this he had done, notwith- standing his wound from the bite of a snake and all the cruel surgery he had undergone. La Salle was so overjoyed to see again his faithful attendant and friend, that he ordered several guns to be fired in salute of his safe return. " Still marching east,'* writes Father Douay, " we entered countries more beautiful than any we yet had passed. Here we found native tribes who had noth- ing barbarous about them but the name. Among others we met a very honest Indian returning from the chase with his wife and family. He presented Chevalier de la Salle with one of his horses, and some meat. He also invited all our party to his cabin. To induce us to visit him, he left his wife, children, and game with us as pledges, and galloped off to his village to announce our coming and to se- cure for us a cordial welcome.** Nika, and another of the attendants of La Salle, accompanied him. The village was at some dis- tance, so that two days passed before their return. The hospitable Indian came back with two horses laden with provisions. Several chiefs and warriors came back with him on horseback. They were all neatly and even beautifully dressed, in softly tanned A TRIP TOWARD MEXICO. 321 decr-skins, tastefully fringed, and with head-dresses of waving plumes. In picturesque beauty their attire would favorably compare with the court dresses of most of the European monarchies. The principal chief rode forward, bearing conspic- uously the plumed calumet of peace. La Salle had been slowly advancing, and the two parties met about nine miles from the village. After cordial greetings, the united band continued its march. When but a short distance from the cluster of native dwellings, an immense concourse of people was seen flocking out to meet the strangers. The young men were quite imposingly marshalled in military array. But the reception was so cordial, and the indications of sincerity so unquestionable, that no one entertained the slightest apprehension of treachery. La Salle and his party remained three days, enjoy- ing the good cheer of this truly hospitable people. This very prudent commander encamped three or four miles outside of the village. He had no fear of the natives, but he had not full confidence in his own n.en. Any impropriety of the members of his party toward the females of the village, might sud- denly turn their friendly relations into bitter hostil- ity. There were apparently many pleasant families. The young maidens were generally of pleasing fea- tures, and graceful as sylphs in form. La Salle pur- 322 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. chased several horses, which proved to be of incs* t.imable value to him. The region which the explorers had reached was probably not far from Austin County, in the present State of Texas. It was a more highly civilized and more densely inhabited country than any they had hitherto passed through, in any portion of the conti- nent. For a distance of sixty miles they found a continuous series of villages, but a few miles apart, all prosperous, harmonious, and happy. Their cabins were large and commodious, fre- quently forty or fifty feet high, with dome-like roofs, in the shape of the old-fashioned bee-hives. They were made by planting very tall saplings in the ground, in the form of a circle. Their tops were bent down and bound together. This whole frame- work was very neatly and effectually thatched with the long grass of the prairie. The beds, consisting of soft mats, were ranged around the cabin, raised about three feet from the ground. The fire, seldom needed except for cooking, in that warm latitude, was in the middle. Each cabin usually accommo- dated two families. These Indians were called the Coenis nation. It was very evident that they had held some inter- course with the Spaniards. La Salle found among them silver coins, silver spoons, and various kinds of A TRIP TOWARD MEXICO. 323 European clothes. Horses were abundant. A horse was readily exchanged for an axe. La Salle could only converse with them by signs. They said no Spaniards had ever yet visited them, though there was a settlement of them at thx2 distance of about six days* journey west. Several of their most intelli- gent men drew a map of the country upon some bark. They delineated a large river many days journey to the east, which La Salle had no doubt was the Mississippi. "The Chevalier La Salle," writes Father Douay, ** who perfectly understood the art of gaining the Indians of all nations, filled these with admiration at every moment. He told them that the chief of the French was the greatest chief in the world ; that he was as far above the Spaniards as the sun is above the earth. On his recounting the victories of our monarch they burst into exclamations of astonish- ment. I found them very docile and tractable. They comprehended well enough what we told them of the truth of a God." After the refreshment of this delightful visit, the explorers continued their journey. After travelling about thirty miles, four of the men, during a night's encampment, deserted and went back to cast in their lot for life with the Indians. They were house- less and homeless adventurers, with no ties to bind X 324 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. them to the cares, toils, and restraints of civiHzed life. It is not surprising that they should have been charmed with the ease, abundance, and freedom of life in the wigwam. They probably became incor- porated in the tribes, took Indian wives, and were heard of no more. At this encampment La Salle and his nephew, M. Moranget, were both attacked with a violent fever. They had frequent relapses, so that two weary months passed before the march could be resumed. During this long delay they did not suffer for food, for there was abundance of game, and of great variety. Their powder, however, began to fail them. According to their estimate, they were about four hundred and fifty miles, in a straight line, from their settlement. It was resolved now to hasten back. Their horses, which found abundant pasturage on the rich prairies, did them good service, bearing the sick upon their backs and the burdens of all. They came to a river which it was necessary to cross by a raft. Indeed every few leagues they encountered such a stream. They generally swam their horses over. In this case, La Salle, with one or two of his men, was upon a light raft of canes. Suddenly an enormous crocodile, twenty feet in length, raised his head out of the water, and with one snap of his horrid jaws grasped one of the men A TRIP TOWARD MEXICO. 32$ by the waist and drew him under. As the monster sank, there was one short,, wild shriek from the victim, a slight crimson tinge of the waves, and a small circling whirlpool marking the spot where the huge beast had gone down. Thus, in an instant, as by the lightning's flash, another of the terrible trage- dies of this tragic world had come and gone. On the 17th of October this wearied and dimin- ished party reached the camp, after an absence of six months. Of the twenty who left, but eight returned. The meeting was one of joy and of sad- ness. Both parties had narratives to give of disaster ; and gloom impenetrable still hung over the feeble colony, so rapidly wasting away. In commenting upon this enterprise. Father Douay writes : " It would be difficult to find in history, courage more intrepid or more invincible than that of the Chevalier de la Salle. In adversity he was never cast down. He always hoped, with the help of heaven, to succeed in his enterprises, despite all the obstacles that rose against it." CHAPTER XVI. The Last Days of La Salle. Plan for the New Journey. — Magnitude of the Enterprise. — Affecting Leave-taking. — The Journey Commenced. — Adventures by the Way. — Friendly Character of the Indians. — Vast Realms of Fertility and Beauty. — The Joys and the Sorrows of such a Pil- grimage. — The Assassination of La Salle and of three of his Com- panions. La Salle was now fully convinced that he was west of the Mississippi River. He resolved to set out on a journey across the country to Canada, a distance of probably not less than two thousand jniles. His design was to send tidings to France of his disasters, and thus to secure aid to be sent thence to his suffering and expiring colony. By pursuing his route toward the northeast, he was sure of eventually striking the Mississippi. He would then feel quite at home. Following up that stream and the Illinois, he could easily pass over to the lakes, and then reach Canada through regions with which he was quite familiar. More than two months were spent in strengthening the defences of the settlement, and in laying in stores of provisions for those who were to be left behind. THE LAST DAYS OF LA SALLE. 327 At midnight of the 7th of January, 1687, the whole company met in the little chapel for a solemn religious service, to implore God's blessing upon the enterprise. The scene was very affecting. Nearly all were in tears. There were but few chances that those then bidding each other adieu would ever meet again. Those who left, and those who re- mained, were alike exposed. La Salle selected twenty men to accompany him. Among those, were his brother, his ever-faithful Indian attendant, M. Douay, to whose pen we ate indebted for the record of the last expedition, and M. Joutel, who kept a daily journal of the events of this journey. M. Douay wrote also quite a minute account of the ex- pedition. Both of their narratives now lie before me. We have no reason to doubt the accuracy of either. There were but twenty French left behind, including seven women and children. La Salle gave them a parting address. Father Douay writes : ** He made an address full of eloquence, with that engaging w^ay so natural to him. The whole colony was present, and were all moved to tears. They were alike persuaded of the necessity of his voyage and the uprightness of his intentions." The property left with the colonists consisted of seventy pigs, large and small, twenty hens and chick- ens, a few barrels of corn, which was carefully kept for 328 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. the sick, a considerable quantity of powder and lead, and eight cannons, but without balls. The heroic and devout Father Membr<§ remained as the spiritual guide. M. Barbier was left with the secular command. La Salle drew up very minute directions for the administration of affairs during his absence. " We parted," writes M. Joutel, '' in a manner so tender, so sorrowful, that it would seem that we had a secret presentiment that we should never again see each other. Father Membr^ was deeply affected. He said to me that never before had he experienced a parting so painful." It was the I2th of Januar}^, 1689, when this truly forlorn hope set out upon its long journey. They took with them the five horses, bearing some arti- cles of food and such things as they would need for their night's encampment. The second day of their journey they came to a plain about six miles wide, which seemed to be covered with buffaloes, deer, flocks of wild turkeys, and every variety of game. Beyond the plain there was a splendid growth of trees. Upon entering the grove, they found that it fringed a small river. Concealed by these trees, they succeeded in shooting five buffaloes which had come to the river to drink. They crossed the river on a raft, and camped a mile and a half beyond, in a cc 3 C3 o 'A t * . THE LAST DAYS OF LA SALLE. 329 drenching rain. The skins and meat of these ani- mals were packed upon the horses. The skins, easily- tanned, were of immense value in their subsequent lodgings. The next morning, the 14th, the sun rose in a cloudless sky. The prairie seemed spread out for leagues before them, covered with herds of buffaloes and deer, while immense flocks of turkeys and other birds of the prairie rose before them. About noon they saw, in the distance, an immense herd of buffa- loes rushing over the plains as if mad. They con- jectured at once that some Indian hunters were pur- suing them. Their conjecture proved correct. Soon they saw a savage, on the full run, and very flat-footed, pursuing the herd. Hastily the load was thrown from one of the horses, a man was mounted upon him, and galloping over the plain soon over- took the Indian, and led him back to the company. When the poor man saw himself surrounded by a group of white men, such as he had seen before, he was greatly terrified. And he had cause to be fright- ened. La Salle's associates infamously urged that he should be put to death, in revenge for the murder of their companions by some unknown Indian band. The humane, magnanimous leader found it necessary to present to his reckless followers such motives as they could appreciate. He said to them : 330 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. ** We are but few in number. We have before us a journy of hundreds of miles through a region crowded with Indian tribes. If we rouse the ven- geance of the savages, we shall all be cut off. Let us treat them with kindness, and thus we shall secure for ourselves kind treatment in return.'* The cordial smiles and friendly signs of this truly good man soon dispelled apparently the great alarm of the stranger. A fire was built. After abundantly feeding their hungry guest, and smoking with him the friendly pipe, La Salle, assuring him of his desire to do harm to none, but good to all, dis- missed him with presents which to the savage must have seemed almost like celestial gifts. Still the cautious Indian, accustomed to treachery, was evi- dently uncertain as to the fate which awaited him. As he withdrew, he cast anxious glances around, until he had attained the distance of a few rods, when he took to flight, with almost the rapidity of a deer. The travellers continued their route, and after an hour or two, overtook another Indian hunter. They caught him, and lavished upon him the same acts of kindness. As evening was approaching, they saw a large band of savages in the distance. Their attitude was somewhat menacing. When they caught sight of the little cluster of strangers, they separated into THE LAST DAYS OF LA SALLE. 33I two parties, and advanced on the right and left, as if to surround them. When the two bands had come within musket-shot. La Salle ordered a halt. The savages halted also. For a few moments they attentively regarded each other, no movement being made on either side. Then La Salle, laying aside his arms, walked slowly forward toward the party where the head chief seemed to be, making signs for the chief to come and meet him. The chief was a tall man of powerful frame, and richly decorated. He came cautiously forward, while the rest of his party fol- lowed slowly at a little distance behind. As soon as it was seen that the two chiefs met cordially, all came running together in the interchange of caresses and every mark of friendly greeting. Fires were built, food was cooked, pipes were smoked. There was feasting and dancing and shout- ing. It was a marvellous spectacle which was then and there presented of semi-civiHzed and full bar- barian joUification. The savages were evidently delighted with their reception. They examined their presents with astonishment. With unfeigned joy they learned that La Salle intended to return and settle in their country ; and that he would bring an abundance of his treasures, which he would exchange with them 332 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. for such articles as they had to part with. It was now the hour of evening twih'ght. The two parties separated, each going its own way. About a mile and a half in advance, there was a beautiful grove and a running stream. La Salle encamped there. With his customary prudence he threw up intrench- ments, and established sentinels as if he were in the enemy's country. They had but just established their camp, when they saw six savages approaching, following each other in single file. They came forward without any hesitation, as if visiting old friends. By signs they said that they had heard of the kind treatment their fellow countrymen had met with, and that they were brothers, not enemies. After a short and pleasant visit they retired, and the camp was left to undisturbed repose. In the morning, at an early hour, the march was resumed. There was before them a stream too deep to be forded. Not wishing to lose time in construct- ing a raft, they followed up the west bank of the stream for several miles. Their route led through an enchanting region of lawn-like prairies and park- like groves. The river was fringed with trees of every variety, without any underbrush. There were many pretty little creeks to be crossed, which ran into the main stream. The water was pure, sweet, THE LAST DAYS OF LA SALLE. 333 and clear as crystal. Occasionally they came to a cane-brake, through which they cut their way with axes. Their appetites were fed with abundance of game. The r.'xt day, the 19th, they made but a short journey, and experienced great fatigue in fording streams and cutting their way through cane-brakes. They came across a few deserted cabins of the In- dians. During the slow progress of the day, their skilful Indian hunter Nika killed eight buffaloes. The most tender cuts were taken from them, and they there crossed the river by a ford. After traversing a few leagues, they came to an- other river, flowing through a low plain, elevated but slightly above the stream. A dense fog set in, accompanied by a deluging rain. Here they en- camped in the woods which bordered the river. They passed a comfortless night, and the storm detained them all the next day. On the 19th the rain ceased, but the fog con- tinued. Their path led through marshy ground thoroughly soaked with rain, so that they often sank to their knees in the mire. Their feet were shod with moccasins made of the hide of buffaloes. These being alternately wet and dried, became stiff, and blistered their feet cruelly. Fortunately, they struck upon one of the *' streets " made by the buffaloes, as 334 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. in thousands they followed one after the other, crushing their way through the cane-brakes. These animals were, by instinct, good engineers, and invari- ably selected the most favorable routes. Still the voyagers were often compelled to wade through deep mire, and their sufferings were at times severe. On the night of the 19th, they fortunately came upon a ridge, where they could enjoy a dry encamp- ment. They built a roaring fire, cooked a savory supper, nursed their blistered feet, and during a few hours of refreshing sleep forgot their toils. As they awoke the next morning the river was again falling. Still they pressed on, entering upon another vast prairie covered with herds of buffaloes. At night they encamped upon the banks of a river too deep to be forded. On the 21st they ascended the banks of the stream, hoping to find a shallow spot where they could cross. Instead of this, they came to a place where the river flowed through a narrow and deep channel, with large trees on each side. They cut down two of these trees, so that their branches met in the middle, crossed on this bridge, and swam their horses over. On the other side, a beautiful country, of elevated, undulating prairie, opened before them. As they were preparing to encamp in the shelter of a grove, they heard voices, and soon beheld fifteen Indians THE LAST DAYS OF LA SALLE. 335 approaching. The savages manifested no alarm, but in token of peace laid aside their bows and arrows, and came into the camp. They ate, smoked, ex- changed presents, and went on their way rejoicing, promising to visit the camp again. The horses, as well as the men, were quite ex- hausted. They therefore remained, for a day of rest, on their very pleasant camping ground. During the day a band of twenty-two Indians came to them. They had shields impervious to arrows, made of the hide of buffaloes. They were at war with another tribe. They said that there were other white men, at the distance of ten days' journey on the west, doubtless referring to the Spaniards. The interview was mutually pleasant, and La Salle obtained some important information in reference to the continu- ance of his route. Onward they pressed, day after day, with alter- nate sunshine and storm, through marsh and forest, over prairies and across rivers, without encountering any adventure of much importance until the 1st of February. That day they discovered, at a distance, an Indian village. La Salle, leaving M. Joutel in charge of the camp, took his brother and seven men, and set out to reconnoitre. They came to a village of twenty-five wigwams, very pleasantly situated. Each wigwam contained four or five men, besides 336 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. quite a number of women and children. The Indians received their guests very hospitably, conducted them to the dwelling of their chief, and seated them upon mats of buffalo skins. A great crowd gathered within and around the cabin. The chief, after feed- ing them abundantly upon buffalo steaks, informed them that he had been expecting their arrival. Other Indians had told him that they were in the country, and that they were on a route which would lead them near his village. Perfect harmony prevailed. Presents were ex- changed. The Indians were eager to give a nicely tanned buffalo robe for a knife or almost any trinket in the hands of the white men. but La Salle had no means of transporting the robes, which would prove so valuable in European markets. They continued their journey, often meeting with Indians, who were always friendly. At times a brotherly band would accompany them during the march of a whole day. By the aid of the Indians, the very light frame of a canoe was constructed, which was easily packed and carried. By stretching over it the skin of a buffalo, from which the hair had been removed, they were furnished with a very buoyant boat, with which to cross the rivers. The horses could easily swim the streams. On the loth of February, they saw before them THE LAST DAYS OF LA SALLE. 337 a vast plain which had been swept by the flames. Thinking that they might not find game there, they made a halt of two days, to lay in a store of jerked meat. Resuming their journey, they soon passed the scathed region and entered again upon a country of bloom and verdure. On the evening of the 15th, they camped on the borders of a stream, where they saw evidences that a band of savages had recently passed that way. The next morning La Salle took his brother and seven men, and followed a well-trodden Indian trail in search of a village. After a short walk, they came upon a cluster of fifty or sixty cabins. His recep- tion was, as usual, cordial in the extreme. The leading men of the village w^ere courteous in their bearing and intelligent in reference to matters relat- ing to their own country. They gave the names of twenty tribes or np.tions, through whose territories La Salle had already passed from his settlement, which he called St. Louis. On the 17th, one of the horses fell, and sprained his shoulder, so that he had to be left behind. For several days the journey was somewhat mo- notonous. They made about twenty or twenty-five miles a day. Indian hunters were continually met with, and Indian villages entered with essentially the same rites of friendship and hospitality. From J 338 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. some of these Indians they heard tidings of those Frenchmen who had deserted. They were Hving in a very friendly manner among the Indians. On the 1st of March they came to an immense marsh, par- tially submerged in water. The intricate passage across it was very difficult to find, and required the services of a guide. Several of the Indians volun- teered, and with great tenderness led them safely across. Passing the morass caused a delay of four or five days, as it could not be undertaken in a drenching rain which chanced then to be falling. On the 15th they emerged from this gloomy region and entered a country which, from the contrast, appeared to them remarkably beautiful. Here they encamped for a brief rest. Nika brought in word that he had killed two buffaloes, and wished to have a couple of horses sent to bring in the meat. A party of five was sent out, led by M. Moranget, who was a rash and irrita* ble man. There were three men who had accom- panied the hunter, and who were cutting up and drying the meat, in preparation for transporting it to the camp. At the same time they were cooking for themselves some of the choicest pieces. When Moranget reached the place and found the men feasting, as he thought, rather than jerking the meat, he reprimanded them, in his accustomed THE LAST DAYS OF LA SALLE, 339 tones of severity. The men chanced to be the very- worst and most desperate in the camp. Moranget accompanied his denunciations with still more irri- tating actions. He took from them the dehcious morsels which they cooked. Four men, for another had joined them, greatly enraged, sullenly abandoned their work, and retiring a short distance agreed to avenge themselves by killing Moranget, and also by killing Nika and another man who was the valet of La Salle. Both of these men were friends and supporters of Moranget. They waited till night. All took their supper together. It was the night of the 17th of March. Though in that genial climate the weather was serene and mild, a rousing fire was found very grate- ful in protecting them from the chill of the night air. With the fading twilight the stars shone down brightly upon them, and, surrounded by the silence and solemnity of the prairie and the forest, they were soon apparently all asleep. • One of the murderers, Liotot, cautiously arose, as by^agreement, and with a hatchet in his hand, creeping toward Moranget, with one desperate blow split open his skull from crown to chin. The deed was effectually done. And yet with sinewy arm blow followed blow, till the head was one mass of clotted gore. The other two were despatched tn Y 340 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. the same way. The three remaining conspirators stood, with their guns cocked and primed, to shoot down either of the victims who might succeed in making any resistance. There is some slight discrep- ancy in the detail of these murders. It is said that Moranget, upon receiving the first blow, made a convulsive movement, as if to rise ; but that the valet and the Indian did not stir. One crime always leads to another. The con- spirators, having perpetrated these murders, now consulted together as to what was next to be done. Moranget was the nephew of La Salle. The valet and the Indian were h's devoted friends. Their death could not be concealed. It was certain that La Salle would not allow it to go unavenged. Though punishment might be postponed until they should emerge from their long and perilous journey through the wilderness, there could be no doubt that as soon as they should reach a French military post they would all die upon the scaffold. They decided to return to the camp, enlist 3 few others on their side, kill La Salle, and otherf of his prominent friends, when unsuspicious of dan ger ; and thus involving all the rest in their own criminality, effectually prevent any witnesses from rising against them. Probably in some degree tor tured by remorse, and trembling in view of the task THE LAST DAYS OF LA SALLE. 34I which they had undertaken, they remained for two days, the i8th and 19th, where they were, ostensibly employed in jerking the meat. La Salle, not knowing how to account for this long absence, became uneasy. He decided to go himself, taking a few others with him, to ascertain the cause. To his friends he expressed serious apprehensions that some great calamity had hap- pened. M. Joutel was left in charge of the camp, and La Salle, with Father Douay and another com- panion, set out in search of the lost ones. Father Douay gives the following account of the tragic scene which ensued : " All the way La Salle conversed with me of matters of piety, grace, and predestination. He expatiated upon all his obligations to God, for hav- ing saved him from so many dangers during the last twenty years that he had traversed America. He seemed to me to be peculiarly penetrated with a grateful sense of God's kindness to him. Suddenly I saw him plunged into a deep melancholy, for which he himself could not account. He was so troubled that he no longer seemed like himself. As this was an unusual state of mind with him, I endeavored to rouse him from his lethargy. Two leagues after, we found the bloody cravat of his valet. He perceived two eagles flying over his 342 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. head. At the same time he discerned some of his people on the edge of the river. He approached them, asking what had become of his nephew. They answered incoherently, pointing to a spot where they said we should find him. We proceeded some steps along the bank, to the fatal spot where two of his murderers were hidden in the grass, one on each side, with guns cocked. One missed Monsieur de la Salle The one firing at the same time shot him in the head. He died an hour after, on the 19th of March 1687. " I expected the same fate. But this danger did not occupy my thoughts, penetrated with grief at so cruel a spectacle. I saw him fall, a step froni ine, his face all full of blood. He had confessed and per- formed his devotions just before we started. During his last moments he manifested the spirit of a good Christian, especially in the act of pardoning his mur- derers. " Thus died our wise commander, constant in adversity, intrepid, generous, engaging, dexterous, skilful, capable of everything. He, who for twenty years had softened the fierce temper of countless savage tribes, was massacred by the hands of his own domestics, whom he had loaded with caresses. He died in the prime of life, in the midst of his enter- prises, without having seen their success. I could THE LAST DAYS OF LA SALLE. 343 not leave the spot where he had expired, without having buried him as well as I could. After which I raised a cross over his grave." In reference to the burial, Joutel gives a little different account. He says: "The shot which killed Joutel was the signal for the accomplices of the assassin to rush to the spot. With barbarous cruelty they stripped him of his clothing, even to his shirt. The poor dead body was treated with every indignity. The corpse was left, entirely naked, to the voracity of wild beasts." Both of these accounts may be essentially true. The barbarities practised by the assassins may have preceded or followed the hasty burial of Douay, Father Douay, in his account, continues : '' Occupied with these thoughts, which La Salle had a thousand times suggested to us, while relat- ing the events of the new discoveries, I unceasingly adored the inscrutable desjgns of God in this con- duct of His Providence, uncertain still what fate He reserved for us, as our desperadoes plotted nothing less than our destruction. We at last entered the place where Monsieur Cavalier was. The assassins entered the cabin unceremoniously, and seized all that was there. I had arrived a moment before them. I had no need to speak ; for as soon as Ca- 344 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. valier beheld my countenance, all bathed in tears, he exclaimed aloud : ** * Ah, my poor brother is dead.* " This holy ecclesiastic, whose virtue has been so often tried in the apostolic labors of Canada, fell at once on his knees. I myself, and some others did the same, to prepare to die the same death. But the murderers, touched by some sentiment of com- passion at the sight of the venerable old man, and besides half-penitent for the murders they had com- mitted, resolved to spare us, on condition that we should never return to France. But as they were still undecided, and many of them wished to go home to France, we heard them often say to one another, that they must get rid of us ; that otherwise we should accuse them before the tribunals, if we once had them in the kingdom.* The leader of these desperadoes, a wretch by the name of Duhaut, at oncfelassumed the r.upreme com- mand. The company now consisted :tf but seven- teen. The timid ones, trembling for their lives, feigned entire devotion to the cause of the assassins. Duhaut ruled with an iron hand. It was manifest that the least indication of an insubordinate spirit would lead to instant death. Some of the best men were for organizing a conspiracy to assassinate the assassins. But the priest Cavalier continually said no. THE LAST DAYS OF LA SALLE. 345 repeating the words, ** Vengeance is mine. I will repay, saith the Lord." It is impossible to determine the precise spot where the murder of La Salle and his companions took place. We know that it was sever' deiys* journey west of the Cenis Indians, whose territory extended along the banks of Trinity River, which empties into Galveston Bay. It is therefore con- jectured that it must have been near one of the streams flowing into the Brazos, in the heart of Texas, probably not far from where Washington now is. 15* CHAPTER XVII. The Penalty of Crime, Nature's Storms. — The Gloom of the Soul. — Approach to the Cenis Village. — Cordial Welcome. — Barbaric Ceremonials. — Social Habits of the Indians. — Meeting with the French Deserters.— Traffic with the Indians. — Quarrel between Hiens and Duhaut. The Assassins Assassinated. — Departure of the War Party.— Fiend-like Triumph. — The March Resumed. The morning of the 21st ushered in a day of gloom, wind, and rain. Nature, in the moaning storm, seemed in sympathy with the sadness which must have oppressed all hearts. Silently they toiled along, drenched with the falling rain, until noon, when the storm became so severe that they were compelled to halt. They threw up their camp in a deep and dark ravine. The murderers could have no rest. They were in continual fear that the friends of La Salle would rise and kill them. Father Douay, M. Joutel, and La Salle's brother the Chevalier, knew full well that the murderers had the strongest possible incentive to kill them also. There is no storm so desolating, so ruinous to all happiness, as sin. Could these voyagers have con- THE PENALTY OF CRIME. 347 tinued their journey with fraternal love, its material obstacles could all have been pleasantly surmounted. But henceforth, for them, there were no more sunny skies, no more blooming prairies, no more joy- ous gatherings and feastings around the camp fire. Journeying on, through a gloomy country, and in sombre weather, they came, on the 24th, to a river. Most of the party swam across. Father Douay, M. Joutel, and Cavalier could not swim. Some friendly Indians came along and, swimming by their side, helped them over. A journey of four days more brought them to a large village of the Cenis Indians, on a stream which they called by the same name. The region was beautiful. There was no con- tinuous forest, but extended, well-watered plains, interspersed with groves of a great variety of majes- tic trees. They frequently met with Indians, from whom they always received kind treatment. Most of the men encamped a few miles from the village, M. Joutel was sent, with three others, to purchase from them, if possible, some corn. One of the men thus sent forward was Hiens, one of the original con- spirators with Duhaut. M. Joutel was annoyed in accompanying a murderer on this mission, but it was not safe to make any remonstrance. Duhaut kept careful guard over all the effects. He intrusted a 34^^ THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. few hatchets and knives to his envoys, with instruc- tions to purchase corn, and, if possible, a horse. They had not gone far before they saw three sav- ages approaching them on horseback. One had a hat and cloak, which he had probably obtained in some way from the Spaniards. The other two were en- tirely naked. The three had panniers closely woven of fibres of cane, and filled with corn meal pounded or ground very fine. They had been sent forward by their chief, with the meal as a present, and to invite the strangers to visit his village. After smok- ing together, and the Indians having received some knives and beads in return for their gift, the united party set out for the village. It was still some distance to the village. Night had come. The horses of the travellers were weary and hungry. They therefore encamped in a rich meadow, by a rippling stream. Two of the Indians returned to their village. One remained with the strangers. The next morning they went forward, and were conducted by their Indian companion to the cabin of the chief. They were received with very unusual courtly etiquette. About a third of a mile from the village there was a very large building, which we should call the town house, or the city hall. It was constructed as the place for the gathering of all their great public THE PENALTY OF CRIME. 349 assemblages. The floor was very neatly carpeted with finely woven mats. A very imposing procession was formed to escort the strangers from the cabin of the chief to this council house. First in the procession came all the men of the village, venerable in character and age. They were richly dressed, in very tasteful picturesque garments, of softly tanned deer-skin. These robes and leggins and scarfs were of different colors, of brilliant hue, and were profusely decorated with fringes and em- broidered with shells. They wore plumes of colored feathers upon their heads, which waved gracefully in the gentle breeze. In their hands they held jave- lins, or bows, with quivers of arrows suspended on their shoulders. On each side of the ancients, who were twelve in number, there were files of warriors, as if for their protection. They were all young men of admirable figure, painted and dressed, and armed as if on the war-path. The procession being thus formed in front of the chiefs cabin, and the whole population of the village, many hundred in number, men, women and children, gathered around to witness the spec- tacle, M. Joutel and his attendants, led by the chief, were brought out to be received by the ancients and conducted to the council house. These venerable men greeted them with much 350 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. formality. Each one raised his right hand to his head, and then performed a peculiar series of bows. They then embraced each one, gently throwing their arms around the neck. This ceremony was followed by the presentation of the pipe of friendship, each one taking but a few whiffs. The cort6ge advanced to the council house. The guests were seated on couches in the centre. The ancients, silently and with much dignity of move- ment, took seats around them. A large multi- tude crowded the vacant spaces. They were feasted with the choicest viands of the Indians, boiled corn meal, cakes baked in the ashes, and truly delicious steaks of venison. Presents were interchanged, and kind speeches made, mainly by signs. M. Joutel informed them that it was his great desire to obtain corn for their long journey. They said that their supply was short, but that in a neigh- boring village, at the distance of but a few leagues, there was an abundant supply. They also signified their readiness to accompany their guests to this village. A large party set out together. The trail led alon^ the banks of one of the branches of the Brazos. The region was delightful, the soil fertile, and quite :i dense population, blessed with abundance, peopled the lovely valley. It might have been almost an Eden, THE PENALTY OF CRIME. 35 1 but for the wickedness of fallen man. This powerful tribe the Cenis, was at war with another tribe, called the Cannohantimos. Frequently the valley would be swept by an irruption of fierce warriors, with gleam- ing tomahawks and poisoned arrows and demoniac yells. Conflagration, blood, and shrieks of misery ensued. The valley, which God had made so beau- tiful for his children, those children had converted into a Gethsemane, where all the fiends seemed struggling. But our travellers passed up this valley in one of the serene and blooming spring mornings. There was a lull in war's tempest, and a heavenly Father's smile illumined all the scene. Large dome-like cabins and cultivated fields were met with all alonff the route. Many of these dwellings were sixty feet in diameter. They afforded perfect protection from wind and rain, w^ere neatly carpeted, and gave ample accommodation often for four or five families. One central fire, which was never permitted to go out, w^as common for all. There were no parti- tions. Each family occupied a certain portion of the sj)ace, and slept on comfortable beds, raised a foot or two from the floor. They w^ere naturally a very amiable people among themselves, and lived together on the most brotherly terms. In cultivating the fields they worked together. 352 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. Often a hundred men and women would meet to plant the field of one man. They would spend six or seven hours in carefully digging the field with wooden forks, and in planting seeds of corn, beans, melons, and other vegetables. They would then have a feast, provided by the one in whose behalf they were laboring. This would be followed by games and dances. The men dug the soil, while the women planted and covered the seed. These children of the prairie must have found, in these co-operative labors, far more enjoyment than the solitary farmer can find in his lonely toils. Thus this band would pass from field to field throughout the whole village. M. Joutel says that, so far as he could learn, they did not seem to have any definite idea of God. They had certain shadowy notions of some being or beings above themselves, but apparently did not consider that these beings took any special interest in scenes occurring here below. Upon the subject of religion it could hardly be said that they had any definite idea. They had no temples, no priests, no worship. Their minds were in a state of vacuity. In this respect they were much in the condition of mere animals. They had certain ceremonies, the meaning of which they could not explain, except that such was their custom — that their fathers did THE PENALTY OF CRIME. 353 SO. Be it remembered that this is the account which is given of the Cenis Indians. Others were more enhghtened, and others less. There are well- authenticated accounts of some Indians, who were in the habit of daily prayer. They reached the village in the early evening. Couriers had preceded them to announce their com- ing. The principal men came out and conducted them to a cabin, which had been prepared for their reception. After supper and a social pipe, the guests were left to the repose which they greatly needed. The cabin assigned to them was one of the largest in the place. It had belonged to a chief who had re- cently died. A gentle fire was burning in the centre. There were several women in the cabin, attending to sundry household duties. The guests slept soundly. The next morning was the 1st of April, 1687. The fathers of the village again called upon the strangers with much courtesy of demeanor, and brought them an ample breakfast. Presents were exchanged, and a very fine horse was purchased for a hatchet. The day was spent in purchasing corn, which was placed in panniers, to be carried on the backs of the horses. Here were found three Frenchmen who, a year before had deserted from La Salle. With painted faces, and in the dress of savages, no one could dis- 354 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. tinguish them from others of the tribe. The fact that in one year they had almost entirely forgotten their native language, seems at first thought almost incredible. But it must be remembered that they were vagabond sailors, with no mental culture, who could neither read nor write, and with whom lan- guage was merely a succession of sounds, which were very easily obliterated from the memory. M. Joutel sent his companions back to the camp with the corn which had already been purchased, while he remained to obtain more. Alone in the cabin, far away in the wilderness, the companion of murderers, and a very uncertain fate before him, he could not sleep. At midnight, as he was reclining upon his mat, absorbed in thought, he saw, by the light of the fire, an Indian enter the cabin, with a bow and two arrows in his hand. He took a seat near where M. Joutel was apparently sleeping. M. Joutel spoke to him. He made no reply; but arose and took another seat near the fire. M. Joutel, being sleepless, followed him, to enter, if possible, into conversation. Fixing his eyes earnestly upon the taciturn Indian, he saw, to his surprise, that he was one of the French deserters whom he had formerly known very well. His name was Grollet. He informed M. Joutel that he had a comrade by the name of Ruter, who did not dare to come with THE PENALTY OF CRIME. 355 him, from fear that he should be punished by La Salle, of whose death they had not heard. "They had," writes M. Joutel, *'in so short a time so entirely contracted the habits of the savages, as to become thorough savages themselves. They were naked, and their faces and bodies were covered with painted figures. Each of them had taken sev- eral wives. They had accompanied the warriors of the tribe to battle ; and with their guns had killed many of the enemy, which had given them great renown. Having expended all their powder and bullets, their guns had become useless. They had therefore taken bows and arrows and had become quite skilful in their use. As to religion, they never had any. The libertine life they were now practising was quite to their taste." Grollet seemed much moved when he heard of the death of La Salle and the others. (Jpon being questioned whether he had ever heard the Indians speak of the Mississippi, he said that he had not, but that he had often heard them speak of a very large river, about five days' journey northeast of them, and upon whose banks there were very many Indian tribes. The two next days M. Joutel continued purchas- ing corn. It could not be bought in large quantities, but many families could spare a little. On the 8th z 35^ THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. of April he returned to the camp, with three horses laden with corn. During this delay the murderer, Duhaut, had had many hours for refirction. To return to a French military or trading post, accom- panied by the witnesses of his crime, w^as certain death. To attempt to kill all those not implicated in the murder, would be a very serious undertaking; especially as they were now on their guard, and the assassins had begun to quarrel among themselves. Duhaut formed the plan of turning back, with his confederates, to the settlement w^hfch they had left at the bay of St. Louis. Where he designed to build a vessel and to sail for the West India Islands. The persons whom Duhaut greatly feared were Father Douay, M. Joutel, La Salle's brother, jNI. Chevalier, and a young man who was called Young Chevalier. The head murderer now adopted the policy of separating these men from the rest of the company, that he might freely talk with his confeder- ates of his plans. M. Joutel and his associates were also well pleased with this arrangement, for they too could now talk freely. Duhaut tried to compel the other party to go back with him. But they ab- solutely refused. Finding that he could not force them, and that they were resolved to continue their journey to the French settlements, and that thus they might scad an armed ship to capture the mur- THE PEXALTY OF CKi.ti^:. 357 derers; he resolved to continue in their companyi Probably he hoped that some opportunity would occur in which he could cut them off. There were five men who were active participants in the assassination. Duhaut, the instigator, Hiens, who was the next most prominent in the plot, and three others, who were rather their tools, Liotot, Tessier, and Larcheveque. The rage of Hiens was kindled only against Moranget. He was willing to kill Moranget's two companions that they might not be witnesses against the murderers. He would con- ceal their bodies, and would have it understood that they had wandered away and become lost, or that they had been captured by the Indians. Liotot was appointed to strike the fatal blows upon Moranget and his companions with the hatchet, while the others stood ready, with their guns, to aid, should it be necessary. The subsequent murder of La Salle was contrary to the wishes of Hiens. Duhaut and Larcheveque waylaid him. They both fired nearly at the same moment. The bullet of Larcheveque, either intentionally or by accident, passed wide of its mark. Duhaut's bullet pierced the brain. There was no sympathy between Hiens and Duhaut. When the latter so arrogantly assumed the command, Hiens became very restive, and was wait- 358 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. ing for an opportunity to dethrone him. Trcmbh'ng in view of the peril of approaching the French settle- ments, and having no disposition to imbrue his hands any farther in the blood of innocent men whose con- duct had only won his regard, he was extremely anx- ious to return to the bay of St. Louis. Finding that Duhaut had altered his plan and had decided to continue on the Mississippi, he took one or two of his companions aside and deeply im- pressed them with a sense of the danger they would thus encounter. They conspired to kill Duhaut and his most resolute supporter Liotot. Hiens then entered into a secret alliance with the savages, promising that if they would aid him in his plans, he would stop the march of the party toward the Mississippi, and with several others would join them, with their all-powerful muskets, in a hostile expedition they were about to make against a neigh- boring tribe. He also enlisted, in co-operation with his plans, the French deserters who had already become savages. Thus strengthened, and with twenty-two well- armed savages in his train, he sought Duhaut. In brief words he thus addressed him : ** You have decided to go on to the French set- tlements. It is a danger which we dare not encoun- ter. I therefore demand that you divide with us all THE PENALTY OF CRIME. 359 the arms, ammunition, and goods we have. You may then pursue your own course and we will pur- sue ours." Without waiting for any reply he drew a pistol and shot Duhaut through the heart. The miserable man staggered back a few steps and dropped dead. At the same moment one of his accomplices, Ruter, with his musket, shot down Liotot, inflicting a mor- tal wound. As the men was struggling in death's agonies, Ruter advanced and discharged a pistol- shot into the convulsed body. Douay writes, " His hair, and then his shirt and clothes took fire, arid wrapped him in flames, and in this torment he ex- pired." It was the intention of Hiens also to kill Lar- cheveque, but he, terror-stricken, escaped by flight. A small hole was dug, and the two dead bodies were thrown in and covered up. M. Joutel was present, and witnessed this dreadful scene. He writes : " These murders took place before my eyes. I was dreadfully agitated, and supposing that my death was immediately to follow, instinctively seized my musket in self-defence. But Hiens cried out : " * You have nothing to fear. We do not wish to harm you. We only avenge the death of our patron La Salle. Could I have prevented his death I certainly should have done so.' t M 560 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. The savages were astonished at this scone. They were not at all prepared for it. But Hiens explained to them that it was done to avenge murders which they had committed ; and that as Duhaut and Liotot had resolved to take with them all the guns and ammunition, it was necessary to kill them that lliens and his associates might join the Indians in their war party. This statement seemed to give entire satisfaction. Hiens was now the leader of the rapidly dwin- dling band. He informed them that he should take several of his companions, with the guns and ammu- nition, and accompany the Indians on their military expedition. In the meantime, until his return, they were to remain in charge of friendly Indians. Thus they were virtually prisoners. Their means for con- tinuing the journey were taken from them. Proba- bly Hiens intended that they should never return to France. Early in May, the war party commenced its march. Hiens accompanied the warriors, with four of his party, and two of the French deserters. This made seven Frenchmen, well armed with powder and ball. As they were to encounter foes who bore only bows and arrows, the French allies became an immense acquisition to the force of the expedition. Flach one of these had a horse. Hiens exacted a THE PENALTY OF CRIME. 36 1 promise, from those he left behind, that they would not leave the village until his return. A fortnight passed away. Those who remained were encamped at a little distance outside of the village. They were frequently visited by the men and the women, who ever manifested the most friendly feelings. They could converse only by signs, and their attempted communication of ideas was not very satisfactory. On the 1 8th of the month a great crowd came rushing out to the encampment. The men and women were painted and decorated. Their smiling faces, songs, and dances indicated plainly that they had received tidings of a great victory. For several hours, there was exhibited a very picturesque scene of feasting, smoking, and barbarian jollity. In the midst of these wild festivities, a courier arrived, stating that the victorious army was returning, and that they had killed more than forty of their ene- mies. The next day they arrived. They brought very glowing accounts of the achievements of the French with their muskets. They found the foe drawn up in battle array in a dense grove. Approaching within musket-shot, but not within arrow-shot, the French with deliberate aim shot down forty-eight of the foe. The rest in terror fled. The shouting Cenis pursued. They 3^2 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. took a large number of women and children as pris- oners, most of whom they instantly killed and scalped. Two mature girls they brought back with them to subject to fiend-like torture. One of thcni had been cruelly scalped. Faint and bleeding she could endure but little more. An Indian, borrowiiv^ a pistol from a Frenchman, deliberately shot her through the head, saying : " Take that message to your nation. Tell them that ere long we will serve them all in the same way." The other maiden was reserved for all the horrors of demoniac torture by the women and the girls. These were arranged in a circle. The poor girl was led into the middle of them. They were all armed with strong sticks sharply pointed. They then, with hideous yells, fell tumultuously upon her, like hounds upon a hare. She soon dropped to the grown beneath their blows. They thrust their sharp sticks into her body. With sinewy arms these savage women beat her in the face, over the head, upon every part of her frame until her body pre- sented but a mangled mass of blood. As she lay upon the ground scarcely breathing, a burly Indian came forward, and with one blow of a club crushed in her brain. The next day there was another great celcbra- THE TEXALTY OF Cra.ME. 363 tion. Great honor was conferred upon the French who had caused the victory. The Indian warriors had done but httle more than kill the women and children whom they had taken prisoners, and scalp all the slain. After several speeches were made by their orators, a procession was formed. Each war- rior had a bow and two arrows in his hand, and was accompanied by one of his wives, who, like a servant, or rather like the squire of the knights of old, waved in her hands the gory scalps, revolting trophies of her husband's chivalric achievements. The whole day was devoted to barbarian feasting and carousing. Hiens the next day held an amicable conference with M. Joutel and his friends, to come to some agree- ment as to their future operations. " I am not will- ing," he said, "to return to the French settlements- It would inevitably cost me my head. But I am will- ing to divide all our property equally between the two parties. Those who wish may accompaiiy Jou- tel ; others may remain with me." The division was made. M. Joutel, Father Douay, M. Cavalier, and his nephew, young Cavalier, and three others, De Marie, Tessier and Barthelmy, com- posed the party which was to return to the F^rench settlements. Thus the band of twenty which had left the bay of St. Louis had dwindled down to seven. They had three horses, thirty hatchets, five dozen 364 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. knives, thirty pounds of powder, and thirty pounds of bullets. Three Indians volunteered as guides for a portion of the way. When the Cenis chief found that M. Joutel was about to undertake so long and perilous a journey, with so small a band, he was astonished, and did everything in his power to dissuade him from such an enterprise. *' If you will remain with us," said he, ** we will give you cabins and wives, and food in abundance. The dangers before you are appalling, not only from hos- tile Indians, whose territories you must pass through, but from the innumerable difficulties of broad rivers and deep marshes you must encounter by the way." M. Joutel and his companions were firm. Very reluctantly the chief consented that the three Indian guides should, for a time, accompany them. It was about the 25th of May, when they resumed their march from the village of the Cenis. The second day they came to a broad river, which they crossed on a raft, swimming their horses. The country was quite densely populated. They daily passed cabins and villages of the Indians, but encountered no oppo- sition. We have minute accounts of their reception in many of these villages. All are essentially the same with those which we have already narrated. Day after day, with occasional halts in consc- TlIF, TEXALTY OF CRIME. 1^>S quence of rains, the travellers pressed on, through the month of May and to the middle of June. Their route was generally in a northeastern direction. Their path led them through a rugged country of forests, ravines, and rivers. The average territory of each Indian tribe was about twenty miles square. Friendly Indians were always found to guide them, as it were, from post to post on their way. A RIVKR SIDE IlEST. CHAPTER XVIII. The Close of the Drama, Ludicrous Scene. — Death of M. Marie. — S}'TOpathy of the Savages.—. Barbaric Ceremonies. — The Mississippi Reached. — Joyful Inter- view. — Ascending the River. — Incidents by the Way. — The Beautiful Illinois. — Weary Detention. — The Voyage to Mack- inac. — Thence to Quebec. — Departure for France. — Fate of the Colony. The latter part of June they approached a village, when a large number of men came out to greet them, and to escort them in. The Indians insisted upon carrying the Frenchmen into the village upon their backs, saying that it was their invariable custom in the reception of guests. They were constrained to submit. Seven savages stooped down, and each one received one of the guests upon his shoulders. Others led the horses. M. Joutel was a very tall man and very heavy. He also carried a gun, two pistols, some powder and lead, and several articles of clothing. The savage who undertook to carry him, was a small man, so that M. Joutel's feet almost touched the ground. Az he tottered beneath his burden, two other sav- THE CLOSE OF THE DRAMA. 367 ages came to his aid, helping to sustain him by the legs. Thus he had three porters. The Frenchmen, whose vivacity seemed never long to forsake them, found it very difficult to re- strain their laughter in view of the ludicrous specta- cle they presented. It was three-quarters of a mile to the village. The porters, quite exhausted, sur- rendered their burdens in the cabin of the chief. The Indians wore but little clothing; some of them none at all. They brought water, saying that it was their custom to wash their guests, but as they per- ceived that the Frenchmen were encumbered with garments, they would wash only their faces. After this ceremony, they were placed upon a platform about four feet high, and addressed in long speeches of welcome. As usual there was smoking, feasting, and the exchange of presents. They then opened a very successful traffic with the Indians for the purchase of corn. These Indians had never heard the report of a gun. They were astonished in view of the deadly power of the invisible bullet ; and they implored the strangers to remain with them and aid them in a war expedition. Though M. Joutel was the historian of this expedition, they seem, by common consent, to have regarded La Salle's brother, M. Cavalier, as their leader. He informed the Indians that they 363 THE ADVENTURES OF LA SALLE. must hasten on their way, but that they hoped, ere ioni^, to return and bring with them guns, powder, hatchets, knives, and other articles to exchange for their furs. This pleased them greatly. A melancholy accident occurred at this place. M. Marie went into the river to bathe. Accidentally he got beyond his depth and was drowned. The savages manifested the deepest sympathy on the occasion. They rushed to the spot in large numbers, plunged into the water, regained the lifeless body, iind with mournful wailings bore it back to the village. They watched with intcnsest interest the rites of Christian burial. The grave of the unfortunate man v/as in a beautiful grove, on the banks of the river. His mourning companions raised over the spot a cross, the touching emblem of the great atoning sacrifice for sin. ** It is our duty to testify," writes M. Joutel, **to the kindness of this affectionate people. Their humanity, manifested in this sad accident, was very remarkable. Their sympathy in our grief was greater than we could have experienced in any part of Europe." There were four very pleasant and populous vil- lages here, situated near each other. The inhabitants seemed to be united in the most fraternal alliance. And yet these people, who could be so gentle, tender THE CLOSE OF THE DRAMA. 369 and sympathetic in receiving tlicir friends, could be as merciless as demons in torturing their enemies. On the 30th of June, the travellers again took up their line of march. There was a wide river, near by, to be crossed. They had spent several days in this village, receiving unbounded acts of politeness and hospitality from the people. The men and the women alike vied in delicate attentions, such as could not have been expected from savages. There was a broad and deep river near by to be crossed. The chief and a large escort of the natives accompanied them to the river, and paddled them over in their canoes, swimming the horses. M. Chevalier, in taking leave of his friends, gave them some rich presents, not forgetting to make the women happy in the gift of some gorgeous beads. Several Indians guided the party to the next tribe, at a dis- tance of about thirty miles. Here again they were received in the cabin of the chief with unbounded hospitality. After being welcomed with their many ceremo- nials of greeting, guides were furnished to accompany them to the next tribe. Thus they pressed on, day after day, with but occasional delays. Their route lay through a very rich country, abounding with deer